
AT
at C TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
AT A
SECTION
B
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AT
D
CONTENTS
E
INDEX FOR DTC ....................................................... 5
Accurate Repair ..................................................... 47 F
Alphabetical Index ................................................... 5
A/T Electrical Parts Location ................................. 52
DTC No. Index ........................................................ 6
Schematic .............................................................. 53
PRECAUTIONS ......................................................... 7 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis ................... 54 G Check Before Engine is Started ............................. 58
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Check at Idle .......................................................... 58
SIONER" ................................................................. 7 PrecautionsforOnBoard Diagnostic(OBD)System
Cruise Test - Part 1 ................................................ 59 Cruise Test - Part 2 ................................................ 61
H
of A/T and Engine ................................................... 7
Cruise Test - Part 3 ................................................ 62
Precautions ............................................................. 8 Service Notice or Precautions ................................. 9
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ..................... 64
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing
I
PREPARATION ........................................................ 10
Complete Lock-up ................................................. 64
Special Service Tools ............................................ 10
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing
Commercial Service Tools ......................................11
Slip Lock-up ........................................................... 64 J
A/T FLUID ................................................................ 12
Symptom Chart ...................................................... 65
Changing A/T Fluid ............................................... 12
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values .......... 86
Checking A/T Fluid ................................................ 12
CONSULT-II FUNCTION (A/T) .............................. 87 K
A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning ..................................... 14 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............. 99
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM ......................................... 17
Description ............................................................. 99
Cross-Sectional View (2WD models) .................... 17 Cross-Sectional View (4WD models) .................... 18
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 99 Possible Cause ...................................................... 99 L
Shift Mechanism .................................................... 19
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 99
TCM Function ........................................................ 32
Wiring Diagram -- AT -- CAN ............................. 100
CAN Communication ............................................. 34
Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 101 M
Input/Output Signal of TCM ................................... 34 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT .................. 102
Line Pressure Control ........................................... 35
Description ........................................................... 102
Shift Control .......................................................... 36
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 102
Lock-Up Control .................................................... 37
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 102
Engine Brake Control ............................................ 39
Possible Cause .................................................... 102
Control Valve ......................................................... 39
DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 102
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ........... 41
Wiring Diagram -- AT -- STSIG ......................... 103
Introduction ........................................................... 41
Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 104
OBD-II Function for A/T System ............................ 41 DTC P0700 TCM .................................................... 106
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ........... 41
Description ........................................................... 106
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ................ 41
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 106
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) .......................... 44
Possible Cause .................................................... 106
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ........................................... 45
DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 106
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 45
Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 106
Fail-Safe ................................................................ 45 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH. 107
How To Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick and
Description ........................................................... 107
Revision: October 2006
AT-1
2006 Titan
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 107 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 107 Possible Cause .................................................... 107 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 107 Wiring Diagram -- AT -- PNP/SW ...................... 108 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 109 DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR ... 111 Description ............................................................111 CONSULT-II Reference Value ..............................111 On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................111 Possible Cause .....................................................111 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................111 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 112 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) .............................................. 113 Description ........................................................... 113 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 113 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 113 Possible Cause .................................................... 113 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 113 Wiring Diagram -- AT -- VSSA/T ........................ 115 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 116 DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL .................. 118 Description ........................................................... 118 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 118 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 118 Possible Cause .................................................... 118 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 118 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 118 DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE ................................................ 120 Description ........................................................... 120 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 120 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 120 Possible Cause .................................................... 120 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 120 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 121 DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP). 122 Description ........................................................... 122 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 122 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 122 Possible Cause .................................................... 122 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 122 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 123 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE. 124 Description ........................................................... 124 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 124 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 124 Possible Cause .................................................... 124 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 124 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 125 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ...... 126 Description ........................................................... 126 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 126 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 126 Possible Cause .................................................... 126 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 126 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 127 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT .................................................................129 Description ...........................................................129 CONSULT-II Reference Value ..............................129 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................129 Possible Cause ....................................................129 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................129 Wiring Diagram -- AT -- FTS ..............................130 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................131 Component Inspection .........................................133
DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR ......134 Description ...........................................................134 CONSULT-II Reference Value ..............................134 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................134 Possible Cause ....................................................134 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................134 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................135
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK ................................136 Description ...........................................................136 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................136 Possible Cause ....................................................136 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................136 Judgement of A/T Interlock ..................................136 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................137
DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING ..............139 Description ...........................................................139 CONSULT-II Reference Value ..............................139 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................139 Possible Cause ....................................................139 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................139 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................140
DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE .141 Description ...........................................................141 CONSULT-II Reference Value ..............................141 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................141 Possible Cause ....................................................141 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................141 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................142
DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION .............................................................143
Description ...........................................................143 CONSULT-II Reference Value ..............................143 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................143 Possible Cause ....................................................143 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................143 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................144 DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE ..145 Description ...........................................................145 CONSULT-II Reference Value ..............................145 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................145 Possible Cause ....................................................145 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................145 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................146 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION .............................................................147 Description ...........................................................147 CONSULT-II Reference Value ..............................147 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................147 Possible Cause ....................................................147
Revision: October 2006
AT-2
2006 Titan
DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 147 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 148 DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE. 149 Description .......................................................... 149 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 149 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 149 Possible Cause ................................................... 149 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 149 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 150 DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION ............................................................. 151 Description .......................................................... 151 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 151 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 151 Possible Cause ................................................... 151 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 151 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 152 DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE ................................................ 153 Description .......................................................... 153 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 153 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 153 Possible Cause ................................................... 153 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 153 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 154 DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION ............................ 155 Description .......................................................... 155 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 155 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 155 Possible Cause ................................................... 155 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 155 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 156 DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE .................................................................... 157 Description .......................................................... 157 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 157 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 157 Possible Cause ................................................... 157 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 157 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 158 DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION ................................................ 159 Description .......................................................... 159 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 159 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 159 Possible Cause ................................................... 159 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 159 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 160 DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH ................. 161 Description .......................................................... 161 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 161 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................. 161 Possible Cause ................................................... 161 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 161 Wiring Diagram -- AT -- MMSW ........................ 162 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 163
Component Inspection ......................................... 164
Position Indicator Lamp ....................................... 164 A
DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 .............. 165
Description ........................................................... 165
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 165 B On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 165
Possible Cause .................................................... 165
DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 165 Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 166 AT
DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 .............. 167
Description ........................................................... 167
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 167 D
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 167
Possible Cause .................................................... 167
DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 167 E Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 168
DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 .............. 169
Description ........................................................... 169 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 169 F
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 169
Possible Cause .................................................... 169
DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 169 G
Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 170
DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 .............. 171
Description ........................................................... 171 H CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 171
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 171
Possible Cause .................................................... 171 DTC Confirmation Procedure .............................. 171 I
Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 172
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT. 173 Wiring Diagram -- AT -- MAIN ........................... 173 J
Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 174
TOW MODE SWITCH ............................................ 177
Description ........................................................... 177 K Wiring Diagram -- AT -- TMSW ......................... 178
Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 179
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN
L
THROTTLE POSITION CIRCUIT ........................... 180
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 180
Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 180 BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..................................... 181 M
CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................. 181
Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 181
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ........... 182
Wiring Diagram -- AT -- NONDTC ..................... 182
AT CHECK Indicator Lamp does not come on .... 185
Engine Cannot Be Started In "P" or "N" Position . 185
In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed ..... 186
In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves ............................. 187
Large Shock ("N" to "D" Position) ........................ 188
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In "R" Position. 191
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In "D" Position . 194
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 .................... 196
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2 ............................... 199
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3 ............................... 201
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4 ............................... 203
A/T Does Not Shift: D4 D5 ............................... 206
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ........................... 208
Revision: October 2006
AT-3
2006 Titan
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ................. 210 Lock-up Is Not Released ..................................... 212 Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle ............... 213 CannotBeChanged to ManualMode(Column Shift)
. 214 A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Floor Shift Models) ................................................................ 214 A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Column Shift Models) ........................................................ 217 A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Floor Shift Models) ................................................................ 219 A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Column Shift Models) ........................................................ 221 A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Floor Shift Models) ................................................................ 223 A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Column Shift Models) ........................................................ 225 A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Floor Shift Models) ................................................................ 227 A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Column Shift Models) ........................................................ 230 Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake ... 232 SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 235 Control Device Removal and Installation ............. 235 Adjustment of A/T Position .................................. 237 Checking of A/T Position ..................................... 237 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM .................................... 238 Description ........................................................... 238 Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ........ 239 Wiring Diagram -- AT -- SHIFT .......................... 240 Shift Lock Control Unit Reference Values ............ 242 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE .............................. 243 Component Inspection ......................................... 245 KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ..................................... 247 Components ........................................................ 247 Removal .............................................................. 247 Installation ............................................................ 248 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ......................................... 249 Oil Pan ................................................................. 249 Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2 ...............................................................251 Rear Oil Seal ........................................................261 AIR BREATHER HOSE ..........................................262 Removal and Installation ......................................262 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY ................................264 Removal and Installation (2WD) ..........................264 Removal and Installation (4WD) ..........................267 OVERHAUL ............................................................271 Components .........................................................271 Oil Channel ..........................................................279 Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings .........................281 DISASSEMBLY ......................................................285 Disassembly .........................................................285 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS .....................303 Oil Pump ..............................................................303 Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-Way Clutch ..................305 Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear ....307 Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub .............................................312 High and Low Reverse Clutch .............................317 Direct Clutch ........................................................319 ASSEMBLY ............................................................321 Assembly (1) ........................................................321 Adjustment ...........................................................334 Assembly (2) ........................................................337 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...344 General Specifications .........................................344 Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ....................344 Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up ................................................345 Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Slip Lock-up .........................................................345 Stall Speed ...........................................................345 Line Pressure .......................................................345 A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor .............................345 Turbine Revolution Sensor ...................................345 Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) ..345 Reverse brake ......................................................346 Total End Play ......................................................346
Revision: October 2006
AT-4
2006 Titan
INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC Alphabetical Index
PFP:00024
A
ECS00AVO
NOTE: If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to B AT-99 .
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC OBD-II CONSULT-II GST (*1)
Except OBD-II CONSULT-II only "A/T"
Reference page AT
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC
--
P1731
AT-139
D
--
P1841
AT-165
ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC
--
P1843
AT-167
ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC
--
P1845
AT-169
E
ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC
--
P1846
AT-171
A/T INTERLOCK A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
P1730 P0744
P1730 P0744
AT-136
AT-122
F
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
P0710
P1710
AT-129
CAN COMM CIRCUIT D/C SOLENOID/CIRC
U1000 P1762
U1000 P1762
AT-99
G
AT-149
D/C SOLENOID FNCTN ENGINE SPEED SIG
P1764 (*2 ) --
P1764 P0725
AT-151
AT-118
H
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC
P1757
P1757
AT-145
FR/B SOLENOID FNCT HLR/C SOL/CIRC
P1759 P1767
P1759 P1767
AT-147
I
AT-153
HLR/C SOL FNCTN I/C SOLENOID/CIRC
P1769 (*2 ) P1752
P1769 P1752
AT-155
AT-141
J
I/C SOLENOID FNCTN
P1754 (*2 )
P1754
AT-143
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC
P0745 P1772
P0745 P1772
AT-124
K
AT-157
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT MANU MODE SW/CIR
P1774 --
P1774 P1815
AT-159
AT-161
L
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
P0705
AT-107
STARTER RELAY/CIRC TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
-- P0740
P0615 P0740
AT-102
M
AT-120
TCM
P0700
P0700
AT-106
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
--
P1705
AT-126
TURBINE REV S/CIRC
P0717
P0717
AT-111
VEH SPD SE/CIR·MTR
--
P1721
AT-134
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT
P0720
P0720
AT-113
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012. *2: These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
Revision: October 2006
AT-5
2006 Titan
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index
ECS00AVP
NOTE: If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to AT-99 .
DTC
OBD-II
CONSULT-II GST (*1)
Except OBD-II
CONSULT-II only "A/T"
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms)
Reference page
--
P0615
STARTER RELAY/CIRC
AT-102
P0700
P0700
TCM
AT-106
P0705
P0705
PNP SW/CIRC
AT-107
P0710
P1710
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
AT-129
P0717
P0717
TURBINE REV S/CIRC
AT-111
P0720
P0720
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT
AT-113
--
P0725
ENGINE SPEED SIG
AT-118
P0740
P0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-120
P0744
P0744
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
AT-122
P0745
P0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
AT-124
--
P1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
AT-126
--
P1721
VEH SPD SE/CIR·MTR
AT-134
P1730
P1730
A/T INTERLOCK
AT-136
--
P1731
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING
AT-139
P1752
P1752
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-141
P1754 (*2 )
P1754
I/C SOLENOID FNCTN
AT-143
P1757
P1757
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-145
P1759 (*2 )
P1759
FR/B SOLENOID FNCT
AT-147
P1762
P1762
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-149
P1764 (*2 )
P1764
D/C SOLENOID FNCTN
AT-151
P1767
P1767
HLR/C SOL/CIRC
AT-153
P1769
P1769
HLR/C SOL FNCTN
AT-155
P1772
P1772
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-157
P1774
P1774
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT
AT-159
--
P1815
MANU MODE SW/CIR
AT-161
--
P1841
ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC
AT-165
--
P1843
ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC
AT-167
--
P1845
ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC
AT-169
--
P1846
ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC
AT-171
U1000
U1000
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
AT-99
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012. *2: These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
Revision: October 2006
AT-6
2006 Titan
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT A
BELT PRE-TENSIONER"
ECS00CLV
The Supplemental Restraint System such as "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER", used along B
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
AT
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
D
G To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
E
G Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
F
G Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
G
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of A/T and Engine
ECS00AVR
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
H
CAUTION: G Be sure to turn the ignition switch "OFF" and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, I etc. Will cause the MIL to light up.
G Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, J dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
G Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. May cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
K
G Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
G Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and L ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-7
2006 Titan
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions
ECS00AVS
NOTE: If any malfunctions occur in the RE5R05A model transmission, replace the entire transmission assembly.
G Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness connector, turn ignition switch "OFF" and disconnect negative battery cable. Because battery voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is turned "OFF".
G After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform "DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE". If the repair is completed the DTC should not be displayed in the "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE".
SEF289H
SEF217U
G Always use the specified brand of ATF. Refer to MA-11, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
G Use paper rags not cloth rags during work.
G After replacing the ATF, dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc.
G Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transmission. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
G Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
G Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere with the operation of the transmission.
G Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
G All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or reassembly.
G Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transmission is disassembled.
G It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
G The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced. Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost.
G Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight.
G Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease.
G Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
G Clean or replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer. Refer to AT-14, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning" .
G After overhaul, refill the transmission with new ATF.
G When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque converter and ATF cooling system. Always follow the procedures under "Changing A/T Fluid" in the AT section when changing A/T fluid. Refer to AT-12, "Changing A/T Fluid" , AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-8
2006 Titan
PRECAUTIONS
Service Notice or Precautions
ATF COOLER SERVICE
ECS00AVT
A
G If A/T fluid contains fictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), or if an A/T is repaired, overhauled, or replaced, inspect and clean the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator or replace the radiator. Flush cooler lines with cleaning solvent and compressed air after repair. For A/T fluid cooler cleaning procedure, B refer to AT-14, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning" . For radiator replacement, refer to CO-14, "REMOVAL" .
CHECKING AND CHANGING A/T FLUID
G Increase ATF oil temperature to 80°C (176°F) first, then check and adjust oil level at 65°C (149°F).
AT
NOTE: The A/T has both water cooling and air cooling systems. The air cooling system has a bypass valve. When ATF oil temperature is at or below 50°C (122°F), it does not flow through the air cooled system. If A/ D T oil level is adjusted without flow throughout the entire system, the level will be 10mm lower than required. Therefore, all piping should be filled with oil when adjusting level.
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS
E
G A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. Refer to the table on AT-89,
"SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result.
G The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM mem- F
ories.
Always perform the procedure on AT-42, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" to complete the repair and avoid
unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
G
For details of OBD-II, refer to AT-41, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" .
G Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use the new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-72, "HAR- H NESS CONNECTOR" .
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-9
2006 Titan
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name
Description
ST2505S001
(J-34301-C)
Oil pressure gauge set
1. ST25051001
(
--
)
Oil pressure gauge
2. ST25052000
(
--
)
Hose
3. ST25053000
(
--
)
Joint pipe
4. ST25054000
(
--
)
Adapter
5. ST25055000
(
--
)
Adapter
Measuring line pressure
ZZA0600D
KV31103600 (J-45674) Joint pipe adapter (With ST25054000)
Measuring line pressure
PFP:00002
ECS00EOW
ST33400001 (J-26082) Drift
KV31102400 (J-34285 and J-34285-87) Clutch spring compressor
ZZA1227D NT086
G Installing rear oil seal (2WD models) G Installing oil pump housing oil seal a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
Installing reverse brake return spring retainer a: 320 mm (12.60 in) b: 174 mm (6.85 in)
NT423
Revision: October 2006
AT-10
2006 Titan
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name ST25850000 (J-25721-A) Sliding hammer
-- (J-47002) Transmission jack adapter kit 1. -- (J-47002-2) Center bracket 2. -- (J-47002-3) Adapter plate 3. -- (J-47002-4) Adapter block
Commercial Service Tools
Tool name Power tool
Drift
Drift
PREPARATION
Description
A
Remove oil pump assembly
a: 179 mm (7.05 in)
B
b: 70 mm (2.76 in)
c: 40 mm (1.57 in)
d: M12X1.75P
AT
NT422
Assist in removal of transmission and transfer
D
case as one assembly using only one trans-
mission jack.
E
WCIA0499E
Description Loosening bolts and nuts
F
G
ECS0 0 EO X
H
I
PBIC0190E
J
Installing manual shaft seals a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
K
L
NT083
Installing rear oil seal (4WD models)
a: 64 mm (2.52 in) dia.
M
SCIA5338E
Revision: October 2006
AT-11
2006 Titan
A/T FLUID
A/T FLUID Changing A/T Fluid
1. Drive the vehicle to warm up the ATF to 80° C (176° F). 2. Stop the engine. 3. Remove the ATF level gauge bolt. 4. Drain the ATF from the drain plug hole and refill the transmission
with new ATF. Always refill with the same volume as the drained fluid and use the dipstick to check the fluid level as shown. Add fluid as necessary.
Drain plug : Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
PFP:KLE40
ECS00EPV
WLIA0014E
G To flush out the old fluid from the coolers, pour new fluid into the charging pipe with the engine idling and at the same time drain the old fluid from the auxiliary transmission oil cooler hose return line.
G When the color of the fluid coming out of the auxiliary transmission oil cooler hose return line is about the same as the color of the new fluid, flushing out the old fluid is complete. The amount of new transmission fluid used for flushing should be 30% to 50% of the specified capacity.
Transmission fluid type and capacity : Refer to MA-11, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
CAUTION: G Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF. Do not mix with other fluid. G Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterio-
ration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.
G When filling the transmission with fluid, do not spill the ATF on any heat generating parts such as the exhaust manifold.
G Do not reuse the drain plug gasket.
Drain plug : Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
5. Drive the vehicle to warm up the ATF to 80° C (176° F). 6. Check the fluid level and condition. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" . If the fluid is still dirty, repeat
steps 2 through 5. 7. Install the ATF level gauge in the fluid charging pipe and install the level gauge bolt. 8. Tighten the level gauge bolt to specification.
Level gauge bolt : Refer to AT-264, "Removal and Installation (2WD)" .
Checking A/T Fluid
1. Warm up the engine. 2. Check for any fluid leaks. 3. Remove the ATF level gauge bolt.
ECS00EPW
Revision: October 2006
AT-12
2006 Titan
A/T FLUID
4. Before driving, the fluid level can be checked at fluid temperatures of 30° to 50°C (86° to 122°F) using the "COLD" range on the ATF level gauge as follows:
a. Park the vehicle on a level surface and set the parking brake.
b. Start the engine and move the selector lever through each gear position. Shift the selector lever into the "P" position.
c. Check the fluid level with the engine idling.
d. Remove the ATF level gauge and wipe it clean with a lint-free paper.
CAUTION: When wiping the fluid from the ATF level gauge, always use a lint-free paper, not a cloth.
A
B
AT
WLIA0014E
D
e. Re-insert the ATF level gauge into the charging pipe until the
cap contacts the top of the charging pipe as shown.
E
CAUTION:
To check fluid level, insert the ATF level gauge until the cap
contacts the top of the charging pipe, with the gauge
F
reversed from the normal inserted position.
f. Remove the ATF level gauge and note the fluid level. If the fluid
level is at low side of range, add fluid to the transmission
G
through the charging pipe.
CAUTION: Do not overfill the transmission with fluid.
5. Drive the vehicle to increase the ATF temperature to 80° C (176° F).
SCIA1684E
H
6. Allow the ATF temperature to fall to approximately 65°C (149°F). Use the CONSULT-II to monitor the fluid
temperature as follows:
I
J
K
L
M
SLIA0016E
NOTE: Fluid level will be greatly affected by temperature as shown. Therefore monitor the fluid temperature data using the CONSULT-II. a. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector. b. Select "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
c. Read out the value of "ATF TEMP 1".
Revision: October 2006
AT-13
2006 Titan
A/T FLUID
7. Re-check the fluid level at fluid temperatures of approximately 65°C (149°F) using the "HOT" range on the A/T fluid level gauge as shown. CAUTION: G When wiping the fluid from the ATF level gauge, always use lint-free paper, not a cloth.
WLIA0014E
G To check the fluid level, insert the ATF level gauge until the cap contacts the top of the charging pipe, with the gauge reversed from the normal inserted position as shown.
8. Check the fluid condition.
G If the fluid is very dark or has some burned smell, there may be an internal problem with the transmission. Refer to AT-182, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS" . Flush the transmission cooling system after repairing the transmission.
G If the ATF contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), replace the radiator and flush the transmission cooler lines using cleaning solvent and compressed air after repairing the transmission.
9. Install the ATF level gauge in the fluid charging pipe and install the level gauge bolt.
10. Tighten the level gauge bolt to specification.
SCIA1684E
Level gauge bolt: : Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning
ECS00AVZ
Whenever an automatic transmission is repaired, overhauled, or replaced, the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator must be inspected and cleaned. Metal debris and friction material, if present, can become trapped in the A/T fluid cooler. This debris can contaminate the newly serviced A/T or, in severe cases, can block or restrict the flow of A/T fluid. In either case, malfunction of the newly serviced A/T may result. Debris, if present, may build up as A/T fluid enters the cooler inlet. It will be necessary to back flush the cooler through the cooler outlet in order to flush out any built up debris.
A/T FLUID COOLER CLEANING PROCEDURE 1. Position an oil pan under the automatic transmission's inlet and outlet cooler hoses.
2. Identify the inlet and outlet fluid cooler hoses.
3. Disconnect the fluid cooler inlet and outlet rubber hoses from the steel cooler tubes or bypass valve.
NOTE: Replace the cooler hoses if rubber material from the hose remains on the tube fitting.
4. Allow any A/T fluid that remains in the cooler hoses to drain into the oil pan.
SCIA3830E
Revision: October 2006
AT-14
2006 Titan
A/T FLUID
5. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler outlet hose. CAUTION: G Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying the Transmission Cooler Cleaner. G Spray cooler cleaner only with adequate ventilation. G Avoid contact with eyes and skin. G Do not breath vapors or spray mist.
6. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet hose until fluid flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds.
7. Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose. 8. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and of the cooler outlet
hose.
A B AT
SCIA3831E
D E
F
G
SCIA3832E
H 9. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi) through the cooler outlet hose for 10 sec-
onds to force out any remaining fluid.
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 three additional times.
I
11. Position an oil pan under the banjo bolts that connect the fluid cooler steel lines to the transmission.
12. Remove the banjo bolts.
13. Flush each steel line from the cooler side back toward the transmission by spraying Transmission Cooler J Cleaner in a continuous stream for 5 seconds.
14. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi) through each steel line from the cooler side
back toward the transmission for 10 seconds to force out any remaining fluid.
K
15. Ensure all debris is removed from the steel cooler lines.
16. Ensure all debris is removed from the banjo bolts and fittings. 17. Perform A/T fluid cooler inspection procedure. Refer to AT-16, "A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PRO- L
CEDURE" .
A/T FLUID COOLER DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE: Insufficient cleaning of the cooler inlet hose exterior may lead to inaccurate debris identification.
1. Position an oil pan under the automatic transmission's inlet and outlet cooler hoses.
2. Clean the exterior and tip of the cooler inlet hose.
3. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler outlet hose.
CAUTION: G Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying
the Transmission Cooler Cleaner.
G Spray cooler cleaner only with adequate ventilation.
G Avoid contact with eyes and skin.
G Do not breath vapors or spray mist.
4. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet hose until fluid flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds.
M
SCIA3831E
Revision: October 2006
AT-15
2006 Titan
A/T FLUID
5. Tie a common white, basket-type coffee filter to the end of the cooler inlet hose.
6. Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose. 7. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and end of cooler outlet
hose. 8. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi)
through the cooler outlet hose to force any remaining A/T fluid into the coffee filter. 9. Remove the coffee filter from the end of the cooler inlet hose. 10. Perform A/T fluid cooler inspection procedure. AT-16, "A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE" .
A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1. Inspect the coffee filter for debris. a. If small metal debris less than 1mm (0.040 in) in size or metal
powder is found in the coffee filter, this is normal. If normal debris is found, the A/T fluid cooler/radiator can be re-used and the procedure is ended.
b. If one or more pieces of debris are found that are over 1mm (0.040 in) in size and/or peeled clutch facing material is found in the coffee filter, the fluid cooler is not serviceable. The A/T fluid cooler/radiator must be replaced and the inspection procedure is ended. Refer to CO-14, "RADIATOR" .
SCIA3833E SCIA3834E SCIA2967E
A/T FLUID COOLER FINAL INSPECTION After performing all procedures, ensure that all remaining oil is cleaned from all components.
SCIA5257E
Revision: October 2006
AT-16
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM Cross-Sectional View (2WD models)
PFP:31036
A
ECS00AW0
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
1. Front planetary gear 4. Direct clutch 7. Drum support 10. Input shaft 13. Front brake 16. 1st one-way clutch 19. Rear extension
2. Mid planetary gear 5. High & low reverse clutch 8. Forward brake 11. Torque converter 14. 3rd one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 20. Output shaft
I
SCIA5267E
3. Rear planetary gear
J
6. Reverse brake
9. Low coast brake
12. Oil pump
K
15. Input clutch
18. Forward one-way clutch
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-17
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM Cross-Sectional View (4WD models)
ECS00AW1
1. Front planetary gear 4. Direct clutch 7. Drum support 10. Input shaft 13. Front brake 16. 1st one-way clutch 19. Adapter case
2. Mid planetary gear 5. High & low reverse clutch 8. Forward brake 11. Torque converter 14. 3rd one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 20. Output shaft
3. Rear planetary gear 6. Reverse brake 9. Low coast brake 12. Oil pump 15. Input clutch 18. Forward one-way clutch
SCIA5268E
Revision: October 2006
AT-18
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism
ECS00AW2
The automatic transmission uses compact dual planetary gear systems to improve power-transmission effi- A
ciency, simplify construction and reduce weight.
It also employs an optimum shift control and super wide gear ratios. They improve starting performance and
acceleration during medium and high-speed operation.
B
CONSTRUCTION
AT
D
E
F
G
H
1. Front brake 4. High and low reverse clutch 7. Low coast brake 10. 3rd one-way clutch
Mid internal gear 13. 16. Rear sun gear 19. Mid carrier 22. Parking gear
2. Input clutch 5. Reverse brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 14. Front internal gear
17. Mid sun gear 20. Rear internal gear 23. Parking pawl
PCIA0002J
3. Direct clutch
6. Forward brake
I
9. Forward one-way clutch
12. Input shaft
J
15. Rear carrier
18. Front carrier
21. Output shaft
K
FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE
L
Name of the Part
Abbreviation
Function
Front brake (1) Input clutch (2)
FR/B I/C
Fastens the front sun gear (11).
Connects the input shaft (12), the front internal gear (14) and the mid internal
M
gear (13).
Direct clutch (3)
D/C
Connects the rear carrier (15) and the rear sun gear (16).
High and low reverse clutch (4)
HLR/C Connects the mid sun gear (17) and the rear sun gear (16).
Reverse brake (5)
R/B
Fastens the rear carrier (15).
Forward brake (6)
F/B
Fastens the mid sun gear (17).
Low coast brake (7)
LC/B
Fastens the mid sun gear (17).
1st one-way clutch (8)
1st/O.C
Allows the rear sun gear (16) to turn freely forward relative to the mid sun gear (17) but fastens it for reverse rotation.
Forward one-way clutch (9)
F/O.C
Allows the mid sun gear (17) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens it for reverse rotation.
3rd one-way clutch (10)
3rd/O.C
Allows the front sun gear (11) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens it for reverse rotation.
Revision: October 2006
AT-19
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
CLUTCH AND BAND CHART (FLOOR SHIFT MODELS)
Shift position
I/C HLR/C D/C R/B FR/B LC/B Fwd/B
P
R
N 1st
1st OWC
Fwd OWC
3rd OWC
Remarks
PARK POSITION
REVERSE POSITION
NEUTRAL POSITION
2nd
D
3rd
4th
Automatic shift 12345
5th
1st
2nd 4
3rd
Automatic shift 1234
4th
1st
2nd 3
3rd
Automatic shift 1234
4th
1st
2nd 2
3rd
Automatic shift 1234
4th
1st
2nd 1
3rd
4th
Locks (held stationary in 1st gear) 1234
G --Operates
G --Operates during "progressive" acceleration.
G --Operates and effects power transmission while coasting.
G --Line pressure is applied but does not affect power transmission.
G
--Operates under conditions shown in HLR/C Operating Condition
G
Þ --Operates under conditions shown in LC/B Operating Condition. Delay control is applied during D (4,3,2,1) N shift.
Revision: October 2006
AT-20
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
A B AT
SCIA5642E
D E F G H I J K L M
Revision: October 2006
AT-21
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
CLUTCH AND BAND CHART (COLUMN SHIFT MODELS)
Shift position
I/C HLR/C D/C R/B FR/B LC/B Fwd/B
1st OWC
Fwd OWC
3rd OWC
Remarks
P
PARK POSITION
R
REVERSE POSITION
N
NEUTRAL POSITION
1st
2nd
D
3rd
4th
Automatic shift 12345
5th
1st
2nd
M5
3rd
4th
Automatic shift 12345
5th
1st
2nd M4
3rd
Automatic shift 1234
4th
1st
M3
2nd
3rd
Automatic shift 123
1st M2
2nd
Automatic shift 12
1st M1
2nd
Locks (held stationary in 1st gear)
G --Operates
G --Operates during "progressive" acceleration.
G --Operates and effects power transmission while coasting.
G --Line pressure is applied but does not affect power transmission.
G
--Operates under conditions shown in HLR/C Operating Condition
G
Þ --Operates under conditions shown in LC/B Operating Condition. Delay control is applied during D (4,3,2,1) N shift.
Revision: October 2006
AT-22
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
A
B
AT
POWER TRANSMISSION
SCIA5642E
D
"N" position
Since both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, torque from the input shaft drive is not trans- E mitted to the output shaft.
"P" position
G The same as for the "N" position, both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, so torque F from the input shaft drive is not transmitted to the output shaft.
G The parking pawl linked with the select lever meshes with the parking gear and fastens the output shaft
mechanically.
G
H
I
J
K
L
1. Front brake 4. High and low reverse clutch 7. Low coast brake 10. 3rd one-way clutch 13. Mid internal gear 16. Rear sun gear 19. Mid carrier 22. Parking gear
2. Input clutch 5. Reverse brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 14. Front internal gear 17. Mid sun gear 20. Rear internal gear 23. Parking pawl
PCIA0003J
M
3. Direct clutch
6. Forward brake
9. Forward one-way clutch
12. Input shaft
15. Rear carrier
18. Front carrier
21. Output shaft
Revision: October 2006
AT-23
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
"D", "M5", "M4", "M3", "M2" positions (column shift), "D", "4", "3", "2" positions (floor shift) 1st Gear G The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear. G The 1st one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the rear sun gear. G The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear. G During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and the engine
brake is not activated.
1. Front brake 4. High and low reverse clutch 7. Low coast brake 10. 3rd one-way clutch 13. Mid internal gear 16. Rear sun gear 19. Mid carrier 22. Parking gear
2. Input clutch 5. Reverse brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 14. Front internal gear 17. Mid sun gear 20. Rear internal gear 23. Parking pawl
3. Direct clutch 6. Forward brake 9. Forward one-way clutch 12. Input shaft 15. Rear carrier 18. Front carrier 21. Output shaft
SCIA1512E
Revision: October 2006
AT-24
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
"M1" position (column shift), "1 " position (floor shift) 1st Gear
G The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
A
G The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
G High and low reverse clutch connects the rear sun gear and the mid sun gear.
G The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear.
B
G During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine brake functions. AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
1. Front brake 4. High and low reverse clutch 7. Low coast brake 10. 3rd one-way clutch 13. Mid internal gear 16. Rear sun gear 19. Mid carrier 22. Parking gear
2. Input clutch 5. Reverse brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 14. Front internal gear 17. Mid sun gear 20. Rear internal gear 23. Parking pawl
K
SCIA1513E
3. Direct clutch
6. Forward brake
L
9. Forward one-way clutch
12. Input shaft
15. Rear carrier
M
18. Front carrier
21. Output shaft
Revision: October 2006
AT-25
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
"D", "M5", "M4", "M3" positions (column shift), "D", "4", "3" positions (floor shift) 2nd Gear G The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear. G The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear. G The direct clutch is coupled and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected. G During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and engine
brake is not activated.
1. Front brake 4. High and low reverse clutch 7. Low coast brake 10. 3rd one-way clutch 13. Mid internal gear 16. Rear sun gear 19. Mid carrier 22. Parking gear
2. Input clutch 5. Reverse brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 14. Front internal gear 17. Mid sun gear 20. Rear internal gear 23. Parking pawl
3. Direct clutch 6. Forward brake 9. Forward one-way clutch 12. Input shaft 15. Rear carrier 18. Front carrier 21. Output shaft
SCIA1514E
Revision: October 2006
AT-26
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
"M2", "M1" positions (column shift), "2", "1" positions (floor shift) 2nd Gear
G The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
A
G The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
G The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
G The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear.
B
G During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine brake functions. AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
1. Front brake 4. High and low reverse clutch 7. Low coast brake 10. 3rd one-way clutch 13. Mid internal gear 16. Rear sun gear 19. Mid carrier 22. Parking gear
2. Input clutch 5. Reverse brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 14. Front internal gear 17. Mid sun gear 20. Rear internal gear 23. Parking pawl
K
SCIA1515E
3. Direct clutch
6. Forward brake
L
9. Forward one-way clutch
12. Input shaft
15. Rear carrier
M
18. Front carrier
21. Output shaft
Revision: October 2006
AT-27
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
"D", "M5", "M4", "M3" positions (column shift), "D", "4", "3" positions (floor shift) 3rd Gear G The front brake fastens the front sun gear. G The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected. G The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
1. Front brake 4. High and low reverse clutch 7. Low coast brake 10. 3rd one-way clutch 13. Mid internal gear 16. Rear sun gear 19. Mid carrier 22. Parking gear
2. Input clutch 5. Reverse brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 14. Front internal gear 17. Mid sun gear 20. Rear internal gear 23. Parking pawl
3. Direct clutch 6. Forward brake 9. Forward one-way clutch 12. Input shaft 15. Rear carrier 18. Front carrier 21. Output shaft
SCIA1516E
Revision: October 2006
AT-28
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
"D", "M5", "M4" positions (column shift), "D", "4" positions (floor shift) 4th Gear
G The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
A
G The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
G The input clutch is coupled and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected. G The drive power is conveyed to the front internal gear, mid internal gear, and rear carrier and the three B
planetary gears rotate forward as one unit.
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
1. Front brake 4. High and low reverse clutch 7. Low coast brake 10. 3rd one-way clutch 13. Mid internal gear 16. Rear sun gear 19. Mid carrier 22. Parking gear
2. Input clutch 5. Reverse brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 14. Front internal gear 17. Mid sun gear 20. Rear internal gear 23. Parking pawl
3. Direct clutch
SCIA1517E
K
6. Forward brake
9. Forward one-way clutch
L
12. Input shaft
15. Rear carrier
18. Front carrier
M
21. Output shaft
Revision: October 2006
AT-29
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
"D", "M5" positions (column shift), "D" position (floor shift) 5th Gear G The front brake fastens the front sun gear. G The input clutch is coupled and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected. G The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
1. Front brake 4. High and low reverse clutch 7. Low coast brake 10. 3rd one-way clutch 13. Mid internal gear 16. Rear sun gear 19. Mid carrier 22. Parking gear
2. Input clutch 5. Reverse brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 14. Front internal gear 17. Mid sun gear 20. Rear internal gear 23. Parking pawl
3. Direct clutch 6. Forward brake 9. Forward one-way clutch 12. Input shaft 15. Rear carrier 18. Front carrier 21. Output shaft
SCIA4984E
Revision: October 2006
AT-30
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
"R" position
G The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
A
G The high and low reverse clutch is coupled, and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
G The reverse brake fastens the rear carrier. B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
1. Front brake 4. High and low reverse clutch 7. Low coast brake 10. 3rd one-way clutch 13. Mid internal gear 16. Rear sun gear 19. Mid carrier 22. Parking gear
2. Input clutch 5. Reverse brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 14. Front internal gear 17. Mid sun gear 20. Rear internal gear 23. Parking pawl
J
SCIA1519E
3. Direct clutch
6. Forward brake
K
9. Forward one-way clutch
12. Input shaft
15. Rear carrier
L
18. Front carrier
21. Output shaft
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-31
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
TCM Function
The function of the TCM is to: G Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors. G Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation. G Send required output signals to the respective solenoids.
ECS00AW3
CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE (FLOOR SHIFT)
The automatic transmission senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors or signals. It always controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SENSORS (or SIGNALS)
TCM
PNP switch
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Closed throttle position signal
Shift control
Wide open throttle position signal
Line pressure control
Engine speed signal
Lock-up control
A/T fluid temperature sensor Revolution sensor
Þ
Engine brake control Timing control
Vehicle speed signal
Fail-safe control
Stop lamp switch signal
Self-diagnosis
Turbine revolution sensor
CONSULT-II communication line
1st position switch signal
Duet-EA control
4th position switch signal
CAN system
ATF pressure switch
Tow mode switch signal
ACTUATORS
Input clutch solenoid valve
Direct clutch solenoid valve
Front brake solenoid valve
High and low reverse clutch
Þ
solenoid valve Low coast brake solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch solenoid
valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
A/T CHECK indicator lamp
Starter relay
Back-up lamp relay
CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Revision: October 2006
AT-32
SCIA5624E
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE (COLUMN SHIFT) The automatic transmission senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors or signals. It always A controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SENSORS (or SIGNALS) PNP switch
TCM
ACTUATORS
B
Input clutch solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Shift control
Direct clutch solenoid valve
Closed throttle position signal
Line pressure control
Front brake solenoid valve
Wide open throttle position signal
Lock-up control
Engine speed signal A/T fluid temperature sensor
Þ
Engine brake control Timing control
High and low reverse clutch
AT
Þ
solenoid valve Low coast brake solenoid valve
Revolution sensor
Fail-safe control
Torque converter clutch solenoid
Vehicle speed signal
Self-diagnosis
valve
D
Stop lamp switch signal
CONSULT-II communication line
Line pressure solenoid valve
Turbine revolution sensor
Duet-EA control
A/T CHECK indicator lamp
Manual mode switch Tow mode switch signal
CAN system
Starter relay
Back-up lamp relay
E
CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SCIA5625E
Revision: October 2006
AT-33
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
CAN Communication
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECS00AW4
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. For details, refer to LAN-25, "CAN COMMUNICATION" .
Input/Output Signal of TCM
ECS00AW5
Control item
Line pressure control
Vehicle speed control
Shift control
Lock-up control
Accelerator pedal position signal (*4)
X
X
X
X
Vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor)
X
X
X
X
Vehicle speed sensor MTR(*1) (*4)
X
X
X
X
Closed throttle position signal(*4)
(*2) X
(*2) X
X
Wide open throttle position signal(*4) (*2) X
(*2) X
Turbine revolution sensor 1
X
X
X
Input Turbine revolution sensor 2 (for 4th speed only)
X
X
X
Engine speed signals(*4)
X
PNP switch
X
X
X
X
A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2
X
X
X
X
ASCD
Operation signal(*4)
Overdrive cancel signal(*4)
X
X
X
X
X
TCM power supply voltage signal
X
X
X
X
Direct clutch solenoid (ATF pressure switch 5)
X
X
Input clutch solenoid (ATF pressure switch 3)
X
X
High & low reverse clutch solenoid (ATF pressure switch 6)
X
X
Out- Front brake solenoid (ATF pressure put switch 1)
X
X
Low coast brake solenoid (ATF pressure switch 2)
X
X
Line pressure solenoid
X
X
X
X
TCC solenoid
X
Self-diagnostics table(*4)
Starter relay
*1: Spare for vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) *2: Spare for accelerator pedal position signal *3: If these input and output signals are different, the TCM triggers the fail-safe function. *4: CAN communications
Engine brake control
X
(*2) X (*2) X
X X X X X
X X
Fail-safe function
(*3)
X
Self-diagnostics function
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Revision: October 2006
AT-34
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Line Pressure Control
ECS00AW6
A G When an input torque signal equivalent to the engine drive force is sent from the ECM to the TCM, the
TCM controls the line pressure solenoid.
G
This line pressure solenoid controls the pressure regulator valve as the signal pressure and adjusts the pressure of the operating oil discharged from the oil pump to the line pressure most appropriate to the
B
driving state.
AT
D
E
PCIA0007E
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL IS BASED ON THE TCM LINE PRESSURE CHARACTERISTIC
F
PATTERN
G
The TCM has stored in memory a number of patterns for the optimum line pressure characteristic for the driving state.
G
G In order to obtain the most appropriate line pressure characteristic to meet the current driving state, the
TCM controls the line pressure solenoid current valve and thus controls the line pressure. H
Normal control
Each clutch is adjusted to the necessary pressure to match the
engine drive force.
I
J
Back-up control (Engine brake)
When the select operation is performed during driving and the transmission is shifted down, the line pressure is set according to the vehicle speed.
K
PCIA0008E
L
M
PCIA0009E
Revision: October 2006
AT-35
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
During shift change The necessary and adequate line pressure for shift change is set. For this reason, line pressure pattern setting corresponds to input torque and gearshift selection. Also, line pressure characteristic is set according to engine speed, during engine brake operation.
At low fluid temperature
When the A/T fluid temperature drops below the prescribed temperature, in order to speed up the action of each friction element, the line pressure is set higher than the normal line pressure characteristic.
PCIA0010E
PCIA0011E
Shift Control
ECS00AW7
The clutch pressure control solenoid is controlled by the signals from the switches and sensors. Thus, the clutch pressure is adjusted to be appropriate to the engine load state and vehicle driving state. It becomes possible to finely control the clutch hydraulic pressure with high precision and a smoother shift change characteristic is attained.
PCIA0012E
SHIFT CHANGE The clutch is controlled with the optimum timing and oil pressure by the engine speed, engine torque information, etc.
Revision: October 2006
AT-36
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Shift change system diagram
A
B
AT
D
E
F
PCIA0013E
G *1: Full phase real-time feedback control monitors movement of gear ratio at gear change, and controls oil pressure at real-time to achieve the best gear ratio.
Lock-Up Control
ECS00AW8
H
The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is engaged to eliminate torque converter slip to increase power transmission efficiency. The torque converter clutch control valve operation is controlled by the torque converter clutch solenoid valve, I which is controlled by a signal from TCM, and the torque converter clutch control valve engages or releases the torque converter clutch piston.
Lock-up Operation Condition Table
J
Select lever
D position
M5 position M4 or 4 position M3 or 3 position M2 or 2 position
Gear position Lock-up
5
4
5
4
3
2
K
×
×
×
×
×
Slip lock-up
×
×
L
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
Lock-up control system diagram
M
PCIA0014E
Lock-up released G In the lock-up released state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the unlocked state by the
torque converter clutch solenoid and the lock-up apply pressure is drained. In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is not coupled.
Revision: October 2006
AT-37
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Lock-up applied G In the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the locked state by the
torque converter clutch solenoid and lock-up apply pressure is generated. In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is pressed and coupled.
SMOOTH LOCK-UP CONTROL When shifting from the lock-up released state to the lock-up applied state, the current output to the torque converter clutch solenoid is controlled with the TCM. In this way, when shifting to the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch is temporarily set to the half-clutched state to reduce the shock.
Half-clutched state G The current output from the TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid is varied to gradually increase
the torque converter clutch solenoid pressure. In this way, the lock-up apply pressure gradually rises and while the torque converter clutch piston is put into half-clutched status, the torque converter clutch piston operating pressure is increased and the coupling is completed smoothly.
Slip lock-up control G In the slip region, the torque converter clutch solenoid current is controlled with the TCM to put it into the
half-clutched state. This absorbs the engine torque fluctuation and lock-up operates from low speed. This raises the fuel efficiency for 4th and 5th gears at both low speed and when the accelerator has a low degree of opening.
Revision: October 2006
AT-38
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Engine Brake Control
ECS00AW9
A G The forward one-way clutch transmits the drive force from the engine to the rear wheels. But the reverse
drive from the rear wheels is not transmitted to the engine because the one-way clutch is idling.
Therefore, the low coast brake solenoid is operated to prevent the forward one-way clutch from idling and
the engine brake is operated in the same manner as conventionally.
B
AT
D
E
F
G
SCIA1520E
H
G The operation of the low coast brake solenoid switches the low coast brake switching valve and controls the coupling and releasing of the low coast brake.
The low coast brake reducing valve controls the low coast brake coupling force.
I
Control Valve
FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVE
ECS00AWA
Name
Function
J
Torque converter regulator valve
In order to prevent the pressure supplied to the torque converter from being excessive,
the line pressure is adjusted to the optimum pressure (torque converter operating pres-
sure).
K
Pressure regulator valve Pressure regulator plug Pressure regulator sleeve
Adjusts the oil discharged from the oil pump to the optimum pressure (line pressure) for the driving state.
L
Front brake control valve Accumulator control valve
When the front brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
(front brake pressure) and supplies it to the front brake. (In 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 5th gears,
adjusts the clutch pressure.)
M
Adjusts the pressure (accumulator control pressure) acting on the accumulator piston
and low coast reducing valve to the pressure appropriate to the driving state.
Pilot valve A
Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required for line pressure control, shift change control, and lock-up control.
Pilot valve B
Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required for shift change control.
Low coast brake switching valve
During engine braking, supplies the line pressure to the low coast brake reducing valve.
Low coast brake reducing valve
When the low coast brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure (low coast brake pressure) and supplies it to the low coast brake.
N-R accumulator
Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-R is selected.
Direct clutch piston switching valve
Operates in 4th gear and switches the direct clutch coupling capacity.
High and low reverse clutch control valve
When the high and low reverse clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure (high and low reverse clutch pressure) and supplies it to the high and low reverse clutch. (In 1st, 3rd, 4th and 5th gears, adjusts the clutch pressure.)
Revision: October 2006
AT-39
2006 Titan
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM
Name
Function
Input clutch control valve
When the input clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure (input clutch pressure) and supplies it to the input clutch. (In 4th and 5th gears, adjusts the clutch pressure.)
Direct clutch control valve
When the direct clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure (direct clutch pressure) and supplies it to the direct clutch. (In 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears, adjusts the clutch pressure.)
TCC control valve TCC control plug TCC control sleeve
Switches the lock-up to operating or released. Also, by performing the lock-up operation transiently, lock-up smoothly.
Torque converter lubrication valve
Operates during lock-up to switch the torque converter, cooling, and lubrication system oil path.
Cool bypass valve
Allows excess oil to bypass cooler circuit without being fed into it.
Line pressure relief valve
Discharges excess oil from line pressure circuit.
N-D accumulator
Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-D is selected.
Manual valve
Sends line pressure to each circuit according to the select position. The circuits to which the line pressure is not sent drain.
FUNCTION OF PRESSURE SWITCH
Name
Function
Pressure switch 1 (FR/B)
Detects any malfunction in the front brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Pressure switch 2 (LC/B)
Detects any malfunction in the low coast brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Pressure switch 3 (I/C)
Detects any malfunction in the input clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Pressure switch 5 (D/C)
Detects any malfunction in the direct clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Pressure switch 6 (HLR/C)
Detects any malfunction in the high and low reverse clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Revision: October 2006
AT-40
2006 Titan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM Introduction
PFP:00028
A
ECS00AWB
The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems. The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination B with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in the ECM memory but not the TCM memory. The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the A/T CHECK indicator lamp. The malfunction is stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For detail, AT refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
OBD-II Function for A/T System
ECS00AWC
D
The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One function
is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the
ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a E diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches
and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in relation
to A/T system parts.
F
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II
ECS00AWD
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
G If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored in
the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
H
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. -- 1st Trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive, I the MIL will illuminate. -- 2nd Trip
The "Trip" in the "One or Two Trip Detection Logic" means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
J
ECS00AWE
HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
K
( with CONSULT-II or GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0720 etc.
These DTC are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
L
G 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
G Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. How-
ever, in case of the Mode II and GST, they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or occurred in the past and returned to normal.
M
CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below, therefore, CONSULT-II (if available) is recom-
mended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown on the next page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode for "ENGINE" with CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
Revision: October 2006
AT-41
SAT014K
2006 Titan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be "0".
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be "1t".
SAT015K
SAT016K
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction. Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data, and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For detail, refer to AT-41, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" . Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority
Items
1
Freeze frame data Misfire -- DTC: P0300 - P0306
Fuel Injection System Function -- DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2
Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3
1st trip freeze frame data
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTC) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
HOW TO ERASE DTC The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as described following.
G If the battery cable is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours. G When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-49, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS" . G Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC) G 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
G Freeze frame data
Revision: October 2006
AT-42
2006 Titan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
G 1st trip freeze frame data
G System readiness test (SRT) codes
A
G Test values
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II)
B
G If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it is necessary to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
1. If the ignition switch stays "ON" after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch "OFF" once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it "ON" (engine stopped) again.
AT
2. Turn CONSULT-II "ON" and touch "A/T".
3. Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULTS".
4. Touch "ERASE". (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch "BACK" twice.
D
5. Touch "ENGINE".
6. Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULTS".
7. Touch "ERASE". (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SCIA5671E
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST) 1. If the ignition switch stays "ON" after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch "OFF" once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it "ON" (engine stopped) again. 2. Select Mode 4 with Generic Scan Tool (GST). For details refer to EC-133, "Generic Scan Tool (GST)
Function" .
HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS) 1. Disconnect battery for 24 hours. 2. Reconnect battery.
Revision: October 2006
AT-43
2006 Titan
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
DESCRIPTION The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned "ON" with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check. G If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-30, "WARNING LAMPS" . 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.
ECS00AWF SEF217U
Revision: October 2006
AT-44
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS DTC Inspection Priority Chart
PFP:00004
A
ECS00AWG
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
B
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
AT-99 .
AT
Priority
Detected items (DTC)
1
U1000 CAN communication line
2
Except above
D
Fail-Safe
ECS00AWH
The TCM has an electrical fail-safe mode. This mode makes it possible to operate even if there is an error in a E
main electronic control input/output signal circuit.
In fail-safe mode the transmission is fixed in 2nd, 4th, or 5th (depending on the breakdown position), so the
customer should feel "slipping" or "poor acceleration".
F
Even when the electronic circuits are normal, under special conditions (for example, when slamming on the
brake with the wheels spinning drastically and stopping the tire rotation), the transmission can go into fail-safe
mode. If this happens, switch "OFF" the ignition switch for 10 seconds, then switch it "ON" again to return to the normal shift pattern. Therefore, the customer's vehicle has returned to normal, so handle according to the G
"diagnostics flow" (Refer to AT-48, "WORK FLOW" ).
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
H If any malfunction occurs in a sensor or solenoid, this function controls the A/T to make driving possible.
Vehicle Speed Sensor
G Signals are input from two systems - from vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) installed on the I
transmission and from combination meter so normal driving is possible even if there is a malfunction in
one of the systems. And if vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) has unusual cases, 5th gear and
manual mode are prohibited.
J
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
G If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM according to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow K systems, the engine speed is fixed by ECM to a pre-determined engine speed to make driving possible.
Throttle Position Sensor G If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM accord- L
ing to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow
systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by the idle signal sent from the ECM which is based
on input indicating either idle condition or off-idle condition (pre-determined accelerator opening) in order M to make driving possible.
PNP Switch
G In the unlikely event that a malfunction signal enters the TCM, the position indicator is switched "OFF", the starter relay is switched "OFF" (starter starting is disabled), the back-up lamp relay switched "OFF" (backup lamp is OFF) and the position is fixed to the "D" range to make driving possible.
Starter Relay G The starter relay is switched "OFF". (Starter starting is disabled.)
Revision: October 2006
AT-45
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A/T Interlock
G If there is an A/T interlock judgment malfunction, the transmission is fixed in 2nd gear to make driving possible.
NOTE: When the vehicle is driven fixed in 2nd gear, a turbine revolution sensor malfunction is displayed, but this is not a turbine revolution sensor malfunction.
G When the coupling pattern below is detected, the fail-safe action corresponding to the pattern is performed.
A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE
G: NG X: OK
Gear position
ATF pressure switch output
SW3 (I/C)
SW6 (HLR/
C)
SW5 SW1 SW2 (D/C) (FR/B) (LC/B)
Fail-safe function
Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe function
I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B L/U
3rd
X
X
G
Held in 2nd gear
OFF
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
A/T inter-
lock cou-
4th
pling pattern
X
X
G
Held in 2nd gear
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF OFF OFF
5th
X
X
X
G
Held in 2nd gear
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF OFF OFF
A/T 1st Engine Braking
G When there is an A/T first gear engine brake judgment malfunction, the low coast brake solenoid is switched "OFF" to avoid the engine brake operation.
Line Pressure Solenoid
G The solenoid is switched "OFF" and the line pressure is set to the maximum hydraulic pressure to make driving possible.
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid G The solenoid is switched "OFF" to release the lock-up.
Low Coast Brake Solenoid
G When a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs, in order to make driving possible, the engine brake is not applied in 1st and 2nd gear.
Input Clutch Solenoid
G If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either "ON" or "OFF", the transmission is held in 4th gear to make driving possible.
Direct Clutch Solenoid
G If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either "ON" or "OFF", the transmission is held in 4th gear to make driving possible.
Front Brake Clutch Solenoid
G If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid "ON", in order to make driving possible, the A/T is held in 5th gear; if the solenoid is OFF, 4th gear.
High & Low Reverse Clutch Solenoid
G If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either "ON" or "OFF", the transmission is held in 4th gear to make driving possible.
Turbine Revolution Sensor 1 or 2
G The control is the same as if there were no turbine revolution sensors, 5th gear and manual mode are prohibited.
Revision: October 2006
AT-46
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
How To Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick and Accurate Repair
INTRODUCTION
ECS00AWI
A
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position
sensor) or PNP switch and provides shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
B
sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the
A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capa-
ble of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store malfunctions in its memory.
AT
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good oper-
ating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunc-
D
tion, etc.
SAT631IB
E
It is much more difficult to diagnose a error that occurs intermittently
rather than continuously. Most intermittent errors are caused by poor
F
electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful check-
ing of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good
parts. A visual check only may not find the cause of the errors. A road test
G
with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be
performed. Follow the AT-48, "WORK FLOW" .
H
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such errors, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A "Diagnostic Worksheet" as shown on the example (Refer to AT-49 ) should be used. Start your diagnosis by looking for "conventional" errors first. This will help troubleshoot driveability errors on an electronically controlled engine vehicle. Also check related Service bulletins.
SAT632I
I
J
K
L
SEF234G
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-47
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
WORK FLOW A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Make good use of the two sheets provided, "Information From Customer" (Refer to AT-49 ) and "Diagnostic Worksheet" (Refer to AT-49 ), to perform the best troubleshooting possible.
Work Flow Chart
*1. AT-49 *4. AT-54 *7. AT-87 *10. AT-177 *13. AT-65 *16. EC-49
Revision: October 2006
*2. AT-49 *5. AT-54, AT-55 *8. AT-41 *11. AT-182 *14. AT-42
AT-48
*3. AT-45 *6. AT-57 *9. AT-99 *12. AT-232 *15. AT-99, AT-171
WCIA0251E
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information From Customer
A
KEY POINTS
G WHAT..... Vehicle & A/T model B
G WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
G WHERE..... Road conditions
G HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms
AT
Customer name MR/MS
Model & Year
VIN
Trans. Model
Engine
Mileage
D
Malfunction Date
Manuf. Date
In Service Date
Frequency Symptoms
Continuous Intermittent ( times a day)
Vehicle does not move. ( Any position Particular position)
E
No up-shift ( 1st 2nd 2nd 3rd 3rd 4th 4th 5th)
No down-shift ( 5th 4th 4th 3rd 3rd 2nd 2nd 1st)
Lock-up malfunction
F
Shift point too high or too low.
Shift shock or slip ( N D Lock-up Any drive position)
G
Noise or vibration
No kick down
No pattern select
H
Others
(
)
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) Continuously lit
Not lit
I
Diagnostic Worksheet Chart
1 Read the item on cautions concerning fail-safe and understand the customer's complaint.
AT-45
J
ATF inspection
2
Leak (Repair leak location.)
State
Amount
AT-54
K
Stall test and line pressure test
Stall test
L
Torque converter one-way clutch
1st one-way clutch
Front brake
3rd one-way clutch
AT-54, AT-
3
High and low reverse clutch
Engine
55
M
Low coast brake
Line pressure low
Forward brake
Except for input clutch and direct
Reverse brake
clutch, clutches and brakes OK
Forward one-way clutch
Line pressure inspection - Suspected part:
Revision: October 2006
AT-49
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Perform all road tests and enter checks in required inspection items.
AT-57
Check before engine is started
The AT CHECK Indicator Lamp does come on. AT-185 . Perform self-diagnostics Enter checks for detected items.
AT-58
4-1. 4
AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . AT-102, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT" . AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" . AT-111, "DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" . AT-113, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" . AT-118, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" . AT-120, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" . AT-124, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE" . AT-126, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" . AT-129, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" . AT-134, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" . AT-136, "DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK" . AT-139, "DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING" . AT-141, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" . AT-145, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" . AT-149, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" . AT-153, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" . AT-157, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" . Battery Other
Idle inspection
AT-185, "Engine Cannot Be Started In "P" or "N" Position" .
AT-186, "In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed" .
4-2.
AT-187, "In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves" .
AT-188, "Large Shock ("N" to "D" Position)" .
AT-191, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In "R" Position" .
AT-194, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In "D" Position" .
AT-58
Driving tests
Part 1
AT-196, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
AT-199, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2" .
4-3.
AT-201, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3" .
AT-203, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4" .
AT-206, "A/T Does Not Shift: D4 D5" .
AT-208, "A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up"
AT-210, "A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition" .
AT-212, "Lock-up Is Not Released" .
AT-213, "Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle" .
AT-59
Revision: October 2006
AT-50
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Part 2
AT-196, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" . AT-199, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2" . AT-201, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3" . AT-203, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4" .
Part 3
A
AT-61
B
Column shift models
AT-214, "Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode (Column Shift)" . AT-214, "A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Floor Shift Models)" . AT-219, "A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Floor Shift Models)" . AT-223, "A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Floor Shift Models)" . AT-227, "A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Floor Shift Models)" . AT-232, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake" . Perform self-diagnostics Enter checks for detected items.
AT
AT-62
D
AT-214, "A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
Floor shift models
AT-219, "A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Floor Shift Models)" . AT-223, "A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Floor Shift Models)" . AT-227, "A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Floor Shift Models)" . AT-232, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake" .
E
4
4-3
Perform self-diagnostics Enter checks for detected items.
F
AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
AT-102, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT" .
AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
G
AT-111, "DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" .
AT-113, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" .
AT-118, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
AT-120, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
H
AT-124, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-126, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" .
AT-129, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" .
AT-134, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
I
AT-136, "DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK" .
AT-139, "DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING" .
AT-141, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" . AT-145, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" .
J
AT-149, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-153, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
AT-157, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" . Battery
K
Other
5
Inspect each system for items found to be NG in the self-diagnostics and repair or replace the malfunction parts.
L
6
Perform all road tests and enter the checks again for the required items.
AT-57
For any remaining NG items, perform the "diagnostics procedure" and repair or replace the malfunction parts.
7
See the chart for diagnostics by symptoms. (This chart also contains other symptoms and inspection proce- AT-65
M
dures.)
8
Erase the results of the self-diagnostics from the TCM.
AT-42
Revision: October 2006
AT-51
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A/T Electrical Parts Location
ECS00AWJ
Revision: October 2006
AT-52
WCIA0500E
2006 Titan
Schematic
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECS00AWK
A B AT D E F G H I J K L M
Revision: October 2006
AT-53
BCWA0509E
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis
A/T FLUID CHECK Fluid Leakage and Fluid Level Check G Inspect for fluid leakage and check the fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
Fluid Condition Check Inspect the fluid condition.
Fluid condition Conceivable Cause
Required Operation
Varnished (viscous Clutch, brake
varnish state)
scorched
Replace the ATF and check the A/T main unit and the vehicle for malfunctions (wire harnesses, cooler pipes, etc.)
Milky white or cloudy
Water in the fluid
Replace the ATF and check for places where water is getting in.
Large amount of
Unusual wear of
metal powder mixed sliding parts within
in
A/T
Replace the ATF and check for improper operation of the A/T.
STALL TEST
Stall Test Procedure 1. Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary.
2. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the A/ T fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). Inspect the amount of ATF. Replenish if necessary.
ECS00AWM SAT638A
3. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.
SAT647B
4. Engine start, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in "D" position.
5. While holding down the foot brake, gradually press down the accelerator pedal.
6. Quickly read off the stall speed, then quickly remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.
CAUTION: Do not hold down the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds during this test.
7. Move the selector lever to the "N" position.
8. Cool down the ATF.
Revision: October 2006
AT-54
SCIA1224E
SAT514G
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
CAUTION:
Run the engine at idle for at least one minute.
A
Stall speed:
2,500 - 2,800 rpm
Judgement of Stall Test
B
Selector lever position
Expected problem location
D
R
AT
G Forward brake
G Forward one-way clutch
H
O
G 1st one-way clutch
D
Stall rotation
G 3rd one-way clutch
O
H
G Reverse brake
L
L
G Engine and torque converter one-way clutch
E
H
H
G Line pressure low
O: Stall speed within standard value position
H: Stall speed higher than standard value
F
L: Stall speed lower than standard value
Stall test standard value position
G
Does not shift-up D, M position 1 2
Slipping in 2nd, 3rd, 4th gears
Direct clutch slippage
Does not shift-up D, M position 2 3
Slipping in 3rd, 4th, 5th gears
High and low reverse clutch slippage
Does not shift-up D, M position 3 4
Slipping in 4th, 5th gears
Input clutch slippage
H
Does not shift-up D, M position 4 5
Slipping in 5th gear
Front brake slippage
LINE PRESSURE TEST
I
Line Pressure Test Port
J
K
L
SCIA2187E
Line Pressure Test Procedure
M
1. Inspect the amount of engine oil and replenish if necessary.
2. Drive the car for about 10 minutes to warm it up so that the ATF reaches in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F), then inspect the amount of ATF and replenish if necessary.
NOTE: The automatic fluid temperature rises in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F) during 10 minutes of driving.
Revision: October 2006
AT-55
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
3. After warming up remove the oil pressure detection plug and install the oil pressure gauge [ST2505S001(J-34301-C)]. CAUTION: When using the oil pressure gauge, be sure to use the Oring attached to the oil pressure detection plug.
4. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.
SCIA5309E
SCIA1224E
5. Start the engine, then measure the line pressure at both idle and the stall speed.
CAUTION: G Keep the brake pedal pressed all the way down during
measurement.
G When measuring the line pressure at the stall speed, refer to AT-54, "STALL TEST" .
6. After the measurements are complete, install the oil pressure detection plug and tighten to the regulation torque below.
: 7.3 N·m (0.74 kg-m, 65 in-lb)
SAT493G
CAUTION: Do not reuse the O-ring.
Line Pressure
Engine speed
At idle speed At stall speed
Line pressure [kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)]
R position
D, M position
425 - 465 (4.3 - 4.7, 62 - 67)
379 - 428 (3.9 - 4.4, 55 - 62)
1,605 - 1,950 (16.4 - 19.9, 233 - 283)
1,310 - 1,500 (13.4 - 15.3, 190 - 218)
Revision: October 2006
AT-56
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Judgement of Line Pressure Test
Judgement
Possible cause
A
Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and low oil pump output.
For example
Low for all positions G Oil pump wear
B
(P, R, N, D, M)
G Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking or spring fatigue
Þ Þ G Oil strainer oil pump pressure regulator valve passage oil leak
G Engine idle speed too low
AT
Only low for a spe- Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after
Idle speed cific position
the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
D
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the line pressure adjustment func-
tion.
For example
High
G Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
E
G ATF temperature sensor malfunction
G Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking in "OFF" state, filter clog, cut line)
G Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
F
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the pressure adjustment function.
For example
Oil pressure does G Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
G
not rise higher than G TCM breakdown
the oil pressure for
idle.
G Line pressure solenoid malfunction (shorting, sticking in" ON" state)
G Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
H
G Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged
Stall speed
Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and malfunction in the pres-
sure adjustment function.
I
The pressure rises, For example
but does not enter G Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
the standard position.
G Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking, filter clog)
J
G Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
G Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged
Only low for a spe- Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after
K
cific position
the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
ROAD TEST
L
Description
G The road test inspects overall performance of the A/T and analyzes possible malfunction causes.
G The road test is carried out in the following three stages.
M
1. Check before engine is started. Refer to AT-58 .
2. Check at idle. Refer to AT-58 .
3. Cruise test
G Inspect all the items from Part 1 to Part 3. Refer to AT-59 , AT-61 , AT-62 .
G Before beginning the road test, check the test procedure and inspection items.
G Test all inspection items until the symptom is uncovered. Diagnose NG items when all road tests are complete.
Revision: October 2006
AT-57
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Check Before Engine is Started
1. CHECK AT CHECK INDICATOR LAMP
ECS00AWN
1. Park vehicle on level surface. 2. Move selector lever to "P" position. 3. Turn ignition switch to "OFF" position and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch to "ON" position. (Do not start engine.) Does AT CHECK indicator lamp light up for about 2 seconds?
YES >> 1. Turn ignition switch to "OFF" position. 2. Carry out the self-diagnostics and record all NG items on the diagnostic worksheet. Refer to AT89, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" . 3. Go to AT-58, "Check at Idle" .
NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-185, "AT CHECK Indicator Lamp does not come on" .
Check at Idle
1. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE
ECS00AWO
1. Park vehicle on level surface. 2. Move selector lever to "P" or "N" position. 3. Turn ignition switch to "OFF" position. 4. Turn ignition switch to "START" position. Does the engine start?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-185, "Engine Cannot Be Started In "P" or "N" Position" .
2. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Turn ignition switch to "ON" position. 2. Move selector lever in "D" or "R" position. 3. Turn ignition switch to "START" position. Does the engine start in either position?
YES >> Stop the road test and go to AT-185, "Engine Cannot Be Started In "P" or "N" Position" . NO >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK "P" POSITION FUNCTIONS
1. Move selector lever to "P" position. 2. Turn ignition switch to "OFF" position. 3. Release the parking brake. 4. Push the vehicle forward or backward. 5. Engage the parking brake. When you push the vehicle with disengaging the parking brake, does it move?
YES >> Enter a check mark at "In "N" Position Vehicle Moves When Pushed" on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.
NO >> GO TO 4.
Revision: October 2006
AT-58
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
4. CHECK "N" POSITION FUNCTIONS A 1. Start the engine.
2. Move selector lever to "N" position.
3. Release the parking brake.
B
Does vehicle move forward or backward?
YES NO
>> Enter a check mark at "In "P" Position Vehicle Moves" on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
AT
>> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK SHIFT SHOCK
D
1. Engage the brake.
2. Move selector lever to "D" position.
E
When the transmission is shifted from "N" to "D", is there an excessive shock?
YES >> Enter a check mark at "Large Shock ("N" to "D" Position)" on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
F
NO >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK "R" POSITION FUNCTIONS G 1. Engage the brake.
2. Move selector lever to "R" position.
3. Release the brake for 4 to 5 seconds.
H
Does the vehicle creep backward?
YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Enter a check mark at "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In "R" Position" on the diagnostics I
worksheet, then continue the road test.
7. CHECK "D" POSITION FUNCTIONS
J
Inspect whether the vehicle creeps forward when the transmission is put into the "D" position.
Does the vehicle move forward in the "D" positions? K
YES >> Go to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 2" , and AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part
3" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In "D" Position" on the diagnostics work-
sheet, then continue the road test.
L
Cruise Test - Part 1
1. CHECK STARTING OUT FROM D1
ECS00AWP
M
1. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes to warm up the engine oil and ATF. Appropriate temperature for the ATF: 50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
2. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
3. Move selector lever to "P" position.
4. Start the engine.
5. Move selector lever to "D" position.
6. Press the accelerator pedal about half way down to accelerate the vehicle.
With CONSULT-II Read off the gear positions.
Starts from D1?
YES NO
>> GO TO 2. >> Enter a check mark at "Vehicle Cannot be Started From D1" on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test.
Revision: October 2006
AT-59
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 D2
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D1 D2) at the appropriate speed. G Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed. Does the A/T shift-up D1 D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Enter a check mark at "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2" on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.
3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 D3
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D2 D3) at the appropriate speed. G Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed. Does the A/T shift-up D2 D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Enter a check mark at "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3" on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.
4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 D4
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D3 D4) at the appropriate speed. G Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed. Does the A/T shift-up D3 D4 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Enter a check mark at "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4" on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.
5. CHECK SHIFT-UP D4 D5
Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D4 D5) at the appropriate speed. G Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed. Does the A/T shift-up D4 D5 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Enter a check mark at "A/T Does Not Shift: D4 D5" on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue
the road test.
Revision: October 2006
AT-60
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
6. CHECK LOCK-UP A
When releasing accelerator pedal from D5, check lock-up from D5 to L/U.
G Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" . B
With CONSULT-II Select "TCC SOLENOID 0.00A" with the "MAIN SIGNAL" mode for A/T.
Does it lock-up?
AT
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Enter a check mark at "A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up" on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test. D
7. CHECK LOCK-UP HOLD
E Does it maintain lock-up status?
YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Enter a check mark at "A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition" on the diagnostics worksheet, then F
continue the road test.
8. CHECK LOCK-UP RELEASE G Check lock-up cancellation by depressing brake pedal lightly to decelerate.
With CONSULT-II
Select "TCC SOLENOID 0.00A" with the "MAIN SIGNAL" mode for A/T.
H
Does lock-up cancel?
YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Enter a check mark at "Lock-up Is Not Released" on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the I
road test.
9. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN D5 D4
J
Decelerate by pressing lightly on the brake pedal.
With CONSULT-II Read the gear position and engine speed.
K
When the A/T shift-down D5 D4, does the engine speed drop smoothly back to idle?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
L
2. Go to Cruise test - Part 2 (Refer to AT-61 ).
NO >> Enter a check mark at "Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle" on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test. Go to Cruise test - Part 2 (Refer to AT-61 ).
M
Cruise Test - Part 2
1. CHECK STARTING FROM D1
ECS00AWQ
1. Move selector lever the "D" position. 2. Accelerate at half throttle.
With CONSULT-II Read the gear position.
Does it start from D1?
YES NO
>> GO TO 2. >> Enter a check mark at "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" on the diagnostics worksheet, then
continue the road test.
Revision: October 2006
AT-61
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 D2
Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the transmission shifts up (D1 D2) at the correct speed. G Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed. Does the A/T shift-up D1 D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Enter a check mark at "Vehicle Does Not Shift: D1 D2" on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 D3
Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the transmission shifts up (D2 D3) at the correct speed. G Refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" .
With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed. Does the A/T shift-up D2 D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Enter a check mark at "Vehicle Does Not Shift: D2 D3" on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 D4 AND ENGINE BRAKE
When the transmission changes speed D3 D4, return the accelerator pedal. Does the A/T shift-up D3 D4 and apply the engine brake?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. See AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . NO >> Enter a check mark at "Vehicle Does Not Shift: D3 D4" on the diagnostics worksheet, then con-
tinue the road test.
Cruise Test - Part 3
1. IDENTIFY SHIFTER LOCATION
ECS00AWR
Identify the shifter location. Is the shifter located on the steering column?
YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 4.
2. MANUAL MODE FUNCTION
Move to manual mode from D position.
Does it switch to manual mode?
YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Continue road test and add check mark to "Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode (Column Shift)"
on diagnostics worksheet.
Revision: October 2006
AT-62
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
3. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN A
During manual mode driving, move gear selector from M5 M4 M3 M2 M1.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position.
B
Is downshifting correctly performed?
YES NO
>> GO TO 5. >> Enter a check mark at "Vehicle does not shift" at the corresponding position (5th 4th, 4th 3rd, AT
3rd 2nd, 2nd 1st) on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.
4. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN
D
During D5 driving, move gear selector from D 4 3 2 1.
With CONSULT-II Read the gear position.
E
Is downshifting correctly performed?
YES NO
>> GO TO 5. >> Enter a check mark at "Vehicle does not shift" at the corresponding position (5th 4th, 4th 3rd,
F
3rd 2nd, 2nd 1st) on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test.
5. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
G
Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in M1 position (column shift) or 11 position (floor shift)?
H
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Carry out the self-diagnostics. Refer to AT-89, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake" on the diagnostics work- I sheet, then continue trouble diagnosis.
J
K
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-63
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears
NORMAL MODE
Final gear ratio
Throttle position
D1 D2
D2 D3
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
D3 D4
D4 D5
D5 D4
D4 D3
D3 D2
2.937
Full throttle Half throttle
70 - 74 (44 - 46)
46 - 50 (29 - 31)
112 - 120 (70 - 75)
74 - 82 (46 - 51)
176 - 186 249 - 259 245 - 255 166 - 176 (110 - 116) (155 - 161) (152 - 159) (103 - 110)
103 - 113 135 - 145 109 - 119 69 - 79 (64 - 71) (84 - 90) (68 - 74) (43 - 49)
100 - 108 (62 - 67)
44 - 52 (28 - 33)
3.357
Full throttle Half throttle
61 - 65 (38 - 41)
41 - 45 (26 - 28)
97 - 105 (61 - 66)
66 - 74 (41 - 46)
153 - 163 (95 - 102)
89 - 99 (56 - 62)
G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
236 - 246 232 - 242 (147 - 153) (144 - 151)
117 - 127 95 - 105 (73 - 79) (59 - 66)
143 - 153 (89 - 95)
59 - 69 (37 - 43)
87 - 95 (54 - 59)
38 - 46 (24 - 29)
TOW MODE
Final gear ratio
Throttle position
D1 D2
D2 D3
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
D3 D4
D4 D5
D5 D4
D4 D3
D3 D2
2.937
Full throttle Half throttle
3.357
Full throttle Half throttle
70 - 74 (44 - 46)
50 - 54 (31 - 34)
61 - 65 (38 - 41)
46 - 50 (28 - 31)
112 - 120 (70 - 75)
81 - 89 (50 - 55)
97 - 105 (61 - 66)
72 - 80 (45 - 50)
176 - 186 249 - 259 245 - 255 166 - 176 (110 - 116) (155 - 161) (152 - 159) (103 - 110)
113 - 123 135 - 145 109 - 119 69 - 79 (70 - 76) (84 - 90) (68 - 74) (43 - 49)
153 - 163 236 - 246 232 - 242 143 - 153 (95 - 102) (147 - 153) (144 - 151) (89 - 95)
98 - 108 117 - 127 95 - 105 (61 - 67) (73 - 79) (59 - 66)
59 - 69 (37 - 43)
100 - 108 (62 - 67)
44 - 52 (28 - 33)
87 - 95 (54 - 59)
38 - 46 (24 - 29)
G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up
ECS00AWS
D2 D1 43 - 47 (27 - 30) 11 - 15 (7 - 10) 43 - 47 (27 - 30) 11 - 15 (7 - 10)
D2 D1 43 - 47 (27 - 30) 11 - 15 (7 - 10) 43 - 47 (27 - 30) 11 - 15 (7 - 10)
ECS00AWT
Final gear ratio
Throttle position
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Lock-up "ON"
Lock-up "OFF"
Closed throttle 2.937
Half throttle
74 - 82 (46 - 51) 188 - 196 (117 - 122)
71 - 79 (45 - 49) 136 - 144 (85 - 90)
Closed throttle 3.357
Half throttle
65 - 73 (41 - 46) 168 - 176 (105 - 110)
62 - 70 (39 - 44) 118 - 126 (74 - 79)
G At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Slip Lock-up
ECS00AWU
Final gear ratio
Throttle position
2.937 Closed throttle
3.357 Closed throttle
Gear position
4th 5th 4th 5th
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Slip lock-up "ON"
Slip lock-up "OFF"
52 - 60 (33 - 38) 52 - 60 (33 - 38) 46 - 54 (29 - 34) 46 - 54 (29 - 34)
49 - 57 (31 - 36) 49 - 57 (31 - 36) 43 - 51 (27 - 32) 43 - 51 (27 - 32)
G At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition.
Revision: October 2006
AT-64
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Symptom Chart
ECS00AWV
A G The diagnostics item numbers show the sequence for inspection. Inspect in order from item 1.
G Overhaul and inspect inside the A/T only if A/T fluid condition is NG. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition Check" . B
No. Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference page
1. Engine idle speed
EC-81 AT
2. Engine speed signal
AT-118
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 4. Control cable adjustment
AT-126
AT-237
D
5. ATF temperature sensor
AT-129
1
Large shock. ("N" " D" position) Refer to AT-188,
ON vehicle 6. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-165,
E
AT-145
"Large Shock ("N" to
7. CAN communication line
AT-99
"D" Position)" .
8. Fluid level and state
AT-54
F
9. Line pressure test
AT-55
10. Control valve with TCM
AT-252
11. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
G
OFF vehicle to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 AT-285
.)
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
AT-126
H
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-237
3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-169,
AT-149
I
Shift Shock 2
4. CAN communication line
AT-99
Shock is too large
when changing D1 ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal
AT-118
J
D2 , 11 22 or M1
6. Turbine revolution sensor
AT-111
M2 .
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
K
8. Fluid level and state
AT-54
9. Control valve with TCM OFF vehicle 10. Direct clutch
AT-251
AT-319
L
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
AT-126
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-237
M
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole- AT-171,
noid valve
AT-153
4. CAN communication line
AT-99
Shock is too large
3
when changing D2 D3 , 22 33 or M2
ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal 6. Turbine revolution sensor
AT-118 AT-111
M3 .
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
8. Fluid level and state
AT-54
9. Control valve with TCM
AT-251
OFF vehicle 10. High and low reverse clutch
AT-317
Revision: October 2006
AT-65
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items 4
5 Shift Shock
6
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. Control cable adjustment
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
Shock is too large when changing D3 D4 , 33 44 or M3 M4 .
ON vehicle
4. CAN communication line 5. Engine speed signal 6. Turbine revolution sensor
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
8. Fluid level and state 9. Control valve with TCM OFF vehicle 10. Input clutch 1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. Control cable adjustment
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
Shock is too large when changing D4 D5 , 44 D5 or M4 M5 .
ON vehicle
4. CAN communication line 5. Engine speed signal 6. Turbine revolution sensor
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
8. Fluid level and state
9. Control valve with TCM
10. Front brake (brake band) OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
2. Control cable adjustment
3. CAN communication line
Shock is too large for downshift when accelerator pedal is pressed.
ON vehicle
4. Engine speed signal 5. Turbine revolution sensor 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR 7. Fluid level and state 8. Control valve with TCM
9. Front brake (brake band)
10. Input clutch OFF vehicle
11. High and low reverse clutch
12. Direct clutch
Reference page AT-126 AT-237
AT-167, AT-141 AT-99 AT-118 AT-111 AT-113, AT-134 AT-54 AT-251 AT-307 AT-126 AT-237 AT-165, AT-145 AT-99 AT-118 AT-111 AT-113, AT-134 AT-54 AT-251 AT-271 AT-307 AT-126 AT-237 AT-99 AT-118 AT-111 AT-113, AT-134 AT-54 AT-251 AT-271 AT-307 AT-317 AT-319
Revision: October 2006
AT-66
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
7
Shift Shock 8
9
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
A
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
AT-126
2. Control cable adjustment 3. Engine speed signal
AT-237
B
AT-118
4. CAN communication line ON vehicle 5. Turbine revolution sensor
AT-99
AT-111 AT
Shock is too large for upshift when accelerator pedal is released.
6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
7. Fluid level and state
AT-54
D
8. Control valve with TCM
AT-251
9. Front brake (brake band) 10. Input clutch OFF vehicle 11. High and low reverse clutch
AT-271
E
AT-307 AT-317
12. Direct clutch 1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
AT-319
F
AT-126
2. Control cable adjustment 3. Engine speed signal
AT-237
AT-118
G
4. CAN communication line
AT-99
Shock is too large for ON vehicle 5. Turbine revolution sensor
AT-111
H
lock-up.
6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 8. Fluid level and state
AT-120
I
AT-54
9. Control valve with TCM OFF vehicle 10. Torque converter
AT-251
AT-285
J
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
AT-126
2. Control cable adjustment ON vehicle 3. CAN communication line
AT-237
K
AT-99
Shock is too large during engine brake.
4. Fluid level and state 5. Control valve with TCM 6. Front brake (brake band)
AT-54
AT-251
L
AT-271
7. Input clutch OFF vehicle
8. High and low reverse clutch
AT-307
M
AT-317
9. Direct clutch
AT-319
Revision: October 2006
AT-67
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items 10
11 No Up Shift
12
13
Symptom
Gear does not change from D1 D2 . Refer to AT-199, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2" .
Gear does not change from D2 D3 . Refer to AT-201, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3" .
Gear does not change from D3 D4 . Refer to AT-203, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4" .
Gear does not change from D4 D5 . Refer to AT-206, "A/T Does Not Shift: D4 D5" .
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve 4. Line pressure test 5. CAN communication line 6. Control valve with TCM
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch 1. Fluid level and state
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch soleON vehicle noid valve
4. Line pressure test 5. CAN communication line 6. Control valve with TCM OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch 1. Fluid level and state
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
ON vehicle
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve 4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
5. Line pressure test 6. CAN communication line 7. Control valve with TCM OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch 1. Fluid level and state
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
ON vehicle 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
5. Turbine revolution sensor 6. Line pressure test 7. CAN communication line 8. Control valve with TCM 9. Front brake (brake band) OFF vehicle 10. Input clutch
Reference page AT-54
AT-113, AT-134 AT-169, AT-149 AT-55 AT-99 AT-251 AT-319 AT-54 AT-113, AT-134 AT-171, AT-153 AT-55 AT-99 AT-251 AT-317 AT-54 AT-113, AT-134 AT-167, AT-141 AT-165, AT-145 AT-55 AT-99 AT-251 AT-307 AT-54 AT-113, AT-134 AT-165, AT-145 AT-169, AT-149 AT-111 AT-55 AT-99 AT-251 AT-285 AT-307
Revision: October 2006
AT-68
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items 14
15 No Down Shift
16
17
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
A
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
B
In D, 4 or M range, does not downshift to 4th gear. Refer to AT-214, "A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
ON vehicle
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
5. CAN communication line 6. Line pressure test
AT-165, AT-145
AT-169, AT
AT-149
AT-99
D
AT-55
7. Control valve with TCM
AT-251
8. Front brake (brake band) OFF vehicle
9. Input clutch
AT-285
E
AT-307
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
F
In D, 3 or M range, does not downshift to 3rd gear. Refer to AT-219, "A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
ON vehicle
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve 4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
5. CAN communication line 6. Line pressure test
AT-167,
AT-141
G
AT-165,
AT-145
AT-99
H
AT-55
7. Control valve with TCM OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch
AT-251
I
AT-307
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
In D, 2 or M range,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
J
does not downshift to 2nd gear. Refer to AT-223, "A/T
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch soleON vehicle noid valve
AT-171, AT-153
K
Does Not Shift: 3rd
4. CAN communication line
AT-99
gear 2nd gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
5. Line pressure test 6. Control valve with TCM
AT-55
AT-251
L
OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch
AT-317
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
M
In D, 1 or M range,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
does not downshift to 1st gear. Refer to AT-227, "A/T
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-169, AT-149
Does Not Shift: 2nd
4. CAN communication line
AT-99
gear 1st gear (Floor Shift Models)" .
5. Line pressure test
AT-55
6. Control valve with TCM
AT-251
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch
AT-319
Revision: October 2006
AT-69
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
18 Slips/Will Not engage
19
Symptom
When D or M position, remains in 1st gear.
When D or M position, remains in 2nd gear.
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference page
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
ON vehicle 3. Direct clutch solenoid valve 4. Line pressure test
AT-149 AT-55
5. CAN communication line
AT-99
6. Control valve with TCM
AT-251
7. 3rd one-way clutch
AT-305
8. 1st one-way clutch
AT-312
9. Gear system
AT-271
OFF vehicle
10. Reverse brake
11. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
AT-285 AT-285
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
AT-285
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113 , AT-134
ON vehicle 3. Low coast brake solenoid valve 4. Line pressure test
AT-157 AT-55
5. CAN communication line
AT-99
6. Control valve with TCM
AT-251
7. 3rd one-way clutch
AT-305
8. Gear system
AT-271
OFF vehicle
9. Direct clutch
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
AT-319 AT-285
Revision: October 2006
AT-70
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
20
Slips/Will Not engage
21
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
A
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
B
ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test
AT-55
When D or M position, remains in 3rd gear.
4. CAN communication line 5. Control valve with TCM 6. 3rd one-way clutch 7. Gear system
AT-99
AT
AT-251
AT-305
AT-271
D
8. High and low reverse clutch
AT-317
OFF vehicle
9. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-17 , AT-18 .)
AT-285
E
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 AT-285
F
.)
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
G
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-167,
AT-141
H
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-169,AT149
ON vehicle 5. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch sole-
AT-171,
I
noid valve
AT-153
When D or M position, remains in 4th gear.
6. Low coast brake solenoid valve 7. Front brake solenoid valve
AT-157
AT-145
J
8. Line pressure test
AT-55
9. CAN communication line 10. Control valve with TCM
AT-99
K
AT-251
11. Input clutch
AT-307
12. Gear system OFF vehicle
13. High and low reverse clutch
AT-271
L
AT-317
14. Direct clutch
AT-319
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-71
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items 22
Slips/Will Not Engage 23
24
Symptom
When D or M position, remains in 5th gear.
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 . Refer to AT-196, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
Does not lock-up. Refer to AT-208, "A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up" .
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
4. Line pressure test 5. CAN communication line 6. Control valve with TCM 7. Front brake (brake band) 8. Input clutch OFF vehicle 9. Gear system 10. High and low reverse clutch 1. Fluid level and state 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test 4. CAN communication line 5. Control valve with TCM 6. Torque converter 7. Oil pump assembly 8. 3rd one-way clutch 9. 1st one-way clutch 10. Gear system OFF vehicle 11. Reverse brake 12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .) 13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .) 1. Fluid level and state 2. Line pressure test 3. Engine speed signal ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 6. CAN communication line 7. Control valve with TCM 8. Torque converter OFF vehicle 9. Oil pump assembly
Reference page AT-54
AT-113, AT-134 AT-165, AT-145 AT-55 AT-99 AT-251 AT-285 AT-307 AT-271 AT-317 AT-54 AT-126 AT-55 AT-99 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-305 AT-312 AT-271 AT-285
AT-285
AT-285
AT-54 AT-55 AT-118 AT-111 AT-120 AT-99 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303
Revision: October 2006
AT-72
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
25
26 Slips/Will Not engage
27
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
A
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
Does not hold lock-up condition. Refer to AT-210, "A/T Does Not Hold Lockup Condition" .
2. Line pressure test 3. Engine speed signal ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 6. CAN communication line 7. Control valve with TCM 8. Torque converter OFF vehicle 9. Oil pump assembly
AT-55
B
AT-118
AT-111
AT-120 AT
AT-99
AT-251
AT-285
D
AT-303
1. Fluid level and state 2. Line pressure test
AT-54
E
AT-55
Lock-up is not released. Refer to AT-212, "Lock-up Is Not Released" .
ON vehicle
3. Engine speed signal 4. Turbine revolution sensor 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 6. CAN communication line 7. Control valve with TCM
AT-118
AT-111
F
AT-120
AT-99
G
AT-251
8. Torque converter OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly
AT-285
AT-303
H
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
I
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve 4. CAN communication line
AT-169,
AT-149
AT-99
J
No shock at all or the clutch slips when vehicle changes speed D1 D2 , 11 22 or M1 M2 .
5. Line pressure test 6. Control valve with TCM 7. Torque converter 8. Oil pump assembly 9. 3rd one-way clutch
AT-55
AT-251
K
AT-285
AT-303
AT-305
L
OFF vehicle 10. Gear system
AT-271
11. Direct clutch
AT-319
M
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
AT-285
Revision: October 2006
AT-73
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
28
Slips/Will Not engage
29
Symptom
No shock at all or the clutch slips when vehicle changes speed D2 D3 , 22 33 or M2 M3 .
No shock at all or the clutch slips when vehicle changes speed D3 D4 , 33 44 or M3 M4 .
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch soleON vehicle noid valve
4. CAN communication line
5. Line pressure test
6. Control valve with TCM
7. Torque converter
8. Oil pump assembly
9. 3rd one-way clutch
10. Gear system
OFF vehicle
11. High and low reverse clutch
12. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
1. Fluid level and state
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
ON vehicle
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve 4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
5. CAN communication line 6. Line pressure test 7. Control valve with TCM 8. Torque converter 9. Oil pump assembly 10. Input clutch OFF vehicle 11. Gear system 12. High and low reverse clutch 13. Direct clutch
Reference page AT-54
AT-113, AT-134 AT-171, AT-153 AT-99 AT-55 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-305 AT-271 AT-317
AT-285
AT-285
AT-54 AT-113, AT-134 AT-167, AT-141 AT-165, AT-145 AT-99 AT-55 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-307 AT-271 AT-317 AT-319
Revision: October 2006
AT-74
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
30
Slips/Will Not engage
31
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
A
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
B
No shock at all or the clutch slips when vehicle changes speed D4 D5 , 44 D5 or M4 M5 .
ON vehicle
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
5. CAN communication line 6. Line pressure test 7. Control valve with TCM 8. Torque converter 9. Oil pump assembly
AT-165, AT-145
AT-169, AT
AT-149
AT-99
D
AT-55
AT-251
AT-285
E
AT-303
10. Front brake (brake band) OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch
AT-285
AT-307
F
12. Gear system
AT-271
13. High and low reverse clutch 1. Fluid level and state
AT-317
G
AT-54
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
H
When you press the accelerator pedal and shift speed D5 D4 , D5 44 or M5 M4 the engine idles or the transmission slips.
ON vehicle
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
5. CAN communication line 6. Line pressure test 7. Control valve with TCM 8. Torque converter 9. Oil pump assembly
AT-165, AT-145
AT-169,
I
AT-149
AT-99
AT-55
J
AT-251
AT-285
K
AT-303
10. Input clutch OFF vehicle
11. Gear system
AT-307
AT-271
L
12. High and low reverse clutch
AT-317
13. Direct clutch
AT-319
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-75
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
32
Slips/Will Not engage
33
Symptom
When you press the accelerator pedal and shift speed D4 D3 , 44 33 or M4 M3 the engine idles or the transmission slips.
When you press the accelerator pedal and shift speed D3 D2 , 33 22 or M3 M2 the engine idles or the transmission slips.
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
ON vehicle
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve 4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
5. CAN communication line
6. Line pressure test
7. Control valve with TCM
8. Torque converter
9. Oil pump assembly
10. 3rd one-way clutch
11. Gear system
OFF vehicle
12. High and low reverse clutch
13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
1. Fluid level and state
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
ON vehicle
3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
5. CAN communication line 6. Line pressure test 7. Control valve with TCM 8. Torque converter 9. Oil pump assembly 10. 3rd one-way clutch OFF vehicle 11. Gear system 12. Direct clutch 13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
Reference page AT-54
AT-113, AT-134 AT-167, AT-141 AT-165, AT-145 AT-99 AT-55 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-305 AT-271 AT-317
AT-285
AT-285
AT-54 AT-113, AT-134 AT-171, AT-153 AT-169, AT-149 AT-99 AT-55 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-305 AT-271 AT-319
AT-285
Revision: October 2006
AT-76
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
34
Slips/Will Not Engage
35
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
A
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
B
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve 4. CAN communication line
AT-169,
AT-149
AT-99
AT
5. Line pressure test
AT-55
When you press the accelerator pedal and shift speed D2 D1 , 22 11 or M2 M1 the engine idles or the transmission slips.
6. Control valve with TCM 7. Torque converter 8. Oil pump assembly 9. 3rd one-way clutch 10. 1st one-way clutch
AT-251
D
AT-285
AT-303
AT-305
E
AT-312
11. Gear system OFF vehicle 12. Reverse brake
AT-271
F
AT-285
13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
AT-285
G
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 AT-285
.)
H
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Line pressure test 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
AT-55
I
AT-126
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line 5. PNP switch
AT-99
AT-107
J
6. Control cable adjustment
AT-237
With selector lever in D position, acceleration is extremely poor.
7. Control valve with TCM 8. Torque converter 9. Oil pump assembly 10. 1st one-way clutch
AT-251
K
AT-285
AT-303
AT-312
L
11. Gear system
AT-271
OFF vehicle 12. Reverse brake 13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
AT-285
M
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-285
AT-17 , AT-18 .)
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
AT-285
Revision: October 2006
AT-77
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items 36
37 Slips/Will Not Engage
38
Symptom
With selector lever in R position, acceleration is extremely poor.
While starting off by accelerating in 1st, engine races or slippage occurs.
While accelerating in 2nd, engine races or slippage occurs.
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state
2. Line pressure test
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
ON vehicle
4. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
5. CAN communication line
6. PNP switch
7. Control cable adjustment
8. Control valve with TCM
9. Gear system
OFF vehicle 10. Output shaft
11. Reverse brake
1. Fluid level and state
2. Line pressure test
ON vehicle 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
4. CAN communication line
5. Control valve with TCM
6. Torque converter
7. Oil pump assembly
8. 3rd one-way clutch
9. 1st one-way clutch
10. Gear system OFF vehicle 11. Reverse brake
12. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
1. Fluid level and state
2. Line pressure test
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line
5. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
6. Control valve with TCM
7. Torque converter 8. Oil pump assembly
9. 3rd one-way clutch OFF vehicle 10. Gear system
11. Direct clutch 12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
Reference page AT-54 AT-55 AT-126
AT-171, AT-153 AT-99 AT-107 AT-237 AT-251 AT-271 AT-285 AT-285 AT-54 AT-55 AT-126 AT-99 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-305 AT-312 AT-271 AT-285
AT-285
AT-285
AT-54 AT-55 AT-126 AT-99 AT-169, AT-149 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-305 AT-271 AT-319
AT-285
Revision: October 2006
AT-78
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
39 Slips/Will Not Engage
40
Symptom
While accelerating in 3rd, engine races or slippage occurs.
While accelerating in 4th, engine races or slippage occurs.
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
A
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
ON vehicle
2. Line pressure test 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 4. CAN communication line
AT-55
B
AT-126 AT-99
5. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
AT-171, AT
AT-153
6. Control valve with TCM
AT-251
7. Torque converter
AT-285
D
8. Oil pump assembly
AT-303
9. 3rd one-way clutch 10. Gear system
AT-305
E
AT-271
OFF vehicle 11. High and low reverse clutch
AT-317
12. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
F
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-285
AT-17 , AT-18 .)
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18
AT-285
G
.)
1. Fluid level and state 2. Line pressure test
AT-54
H
AT-55
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line
5. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
6. Control valve with TCM
AT-126
AT-99
I
AT-167, AT-141
AT-251
J
7. Torque converter
AT-285
8. Oil pump assembly
9. Input clutch OFF vehicle
10. Gear system
AT-303
K
AT-307 AT-271
11. High and low reverse clutch
AT-317
L
12. Direct clutch
AT-319
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-79
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
41
42 Slips/Will Not Engage
43
Symptom
While accelerating in 5th, engine races or slippage occurs.
Slips at lock-up.
No creep at all. Refer to AT-191, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In "R" Position" , AT-194, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In "D" Position"
Condition
Diagnostic Item
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level and state 2. Line pressure test 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 4. CAN communication line
5. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
6. Control valve with TCM 7. Torque converter 8. Oil pump assembly 9. Front brake (brake band) OFF vehicle 10. Input clutch 11. Gear system 12. High and low reverse clutch 1. Fluid level and state 2. Line pressure test 3. Engine speed signal ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 6. CAN communication line 7. Control valve with TCM 8. Torque converter OFF vehicle 9. Oil pump assembly 1. Fluid level and state 2. Line pressure test 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
ON vehicle
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve 5. PNP switch
6. CAN communication line
7. Control cable adjustment
8. Control valve with TCM
9. Torque converter
10. Oil pump assembly
11. 1st one-way clutch
12. Gear system
13. Reverse brake OFF vehicle 14. Direct clutch
15. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
16. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
Reference page AT-54 AT-55 AT-126 AT-99
AT-165, AT-145 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-285 AT-307 AT-271 AT-317 AT-54 AT-55 AT-118 AT-111 AT-120 AT-99 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-54 AT-55 AT-126 AT-169, AT-149 AT-107 AT-99 AT-237 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-312 AT-271 AT-285 AT-319
AT-285
AT-285
Revision: October 2006
AT-80
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items 44
Slips/Will 45 Not
Engage
46 47 Others
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
A
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Line pressure test ON vehicle 3. PNP switch
AT-55
B
AT-107
Vehicle cannot run in all positions.
4. Control cable adjustment 5. Control valve with TCM
AT-237
AT-251 AT
6. Oil pump assembly
AT-303
OFF vehicle 7. Gear system 8. Output shaft
AT-271
AT-285
D
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
2. Line pressure test ON vehicle 3. PNP switch
AT-55
E
AT-107
4. Control cable adjustment 5. Control valve with TCM
AT-237
AT-251
F
6. Torque converter
AT-285
With selector lever in D position, driving is not possible.
7. Oil pump assembly 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Gear system
AT-303
G
AT-312
AT-271
10. Reverse brake OFF vehicle
AT-285
H
11. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to
AT-285
AT-17 , AT-18 .)
I
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 AT-285
.)
J
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
With selector lever in R position, driving is not possible.
ON vehicle
2. Line pressure test 3. PNP switch 4. Control cable adjustment 5. Control valve with TCM 6. Gear system
AT-55
AT-107
K
AT-237
AT-251
L
AT-271
OFF vehicle 7. Output shaft
8. Reverse brake
AT-285
M
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-113, AT-134
Shift point is high in D position.
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle 3. CAN communication line
AT-126 AT-99
4. ATF temperature sensor
AT-129
5. Control valve with TCM
AT-251
Revision: October 2006
AT-81
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items 48 49
50 Others
51
52
Symptom Shift point is low in D position.
Judder occurs during lock-up.
Strange noise in "R" position.
Strange noise in "N" position.
Strange noise in "D" position.
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
ON vehicle
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor 3. CAN communication line 4. Control valve with TCM 1. Fluid level and state 2. Engine speed signal 3. Turbine revolution sensor
ON vehicle
4. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor
6. CAN communication line
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
8. Control valve with TCM
OFF vehicle 9. Torque converter
1. Fluid level and state
2. Engine speed signal ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line
4. Control valve with TCM
5. Torque converter
6. Oil pump assembly
OFF vehicle 7. Gear system
8. High and low reverse clutch
9. Reverse brake
1. Fluid level and state
2. Engine speed signal ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line
4. Control valve with TCM
5. Torque converter
OFF vehicle 6. Oil pump assembly
7. Gear system
1. Fluid level and state
2. Engine speed signal ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line
4. Control valve with TCM
5. Torque converter
6. Oil pump assembly
OFF vehicle
7. Gear system
8. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
Reference page
AT-113, AT-134 AT-126 AT-99 AT-251 AT-54 AT-118 AT-111 AT-113, AT-134 AT-126 AT-99 AT-120 AT-251 AT-285 AT-54 AT-118 AT-99 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-271 AT-317 AT-285 AT-54 AT-118 AT-99 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-271 AT-54 AT-118 AT-99 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-271
AT-285
Revision: October 2006
AT-82
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items 53 54 Others 55
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Vehicle dose not decelerate by engine brake. Refer to AT-232, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake" .
Engine brake does not operate in "2" position.
Engine brake does not operate in "1" position.
1. PNP switch 2. Fluid level and state 3. Control cable adjustment ON vehicle 4. 1st position switch 5. ATF pressure switch 5 6. CAN communication line 7. Control valve with TCM 8. Input clutch OFF vehicle 9. High and low reverse clutch 10. Direct clutch 1. PNP switch 2. Fluid level and state 3. Control cable adjustment ON vehicle 5. ATF pressure switch 6 6. CAN communication line 7. Control valve with TCM 8. Front brake (brake band) OFF vehicle 9. Input clutch 10. High and low reverse clutch 1. PNP switch 2. Fluid level and state 3. Control cable adjustment ON vehicle 4. 1st position switch 5. ATF pressure switch 5 6. CAN communication line 7. Control valve with TCM 8. Input clutch OFF vehicle 9. High and low reverse clutch 10. Direct clutch
Reference
page
A
AT-107
AT-54
B
AT-237
AT-232
AT-169 AT
AT-99
AT-251
AT-307
D
AT-317
AT-319
E
AT-107
AT-54
AT-237
F
AT-171
AT-99
G
AT-251
AT-285
AT-307
H
AT-317
AT-107
I
AT-54
AT-237
AT-232
J
AT-169
AT-99
K
AT-251
AT-307
AT-317
L
AT-319
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-83
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
56
Others 57 58 59
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state
2. Line pressure test
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor ON vehicle
4. CAN communication line
5. Direct clutch solenoid valve
6. Control valve with TCM
7. Torque converter
Maximum speed low.
8. Oil pump assembly 9. Input clutch
10. Gear system
11. High and low reverse clutch OFF vehicle 12. Direct clutch
13. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
14 Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
1. Engine idle speed
Extremely large creep.
ON vehicle 2. CAN communication line 3. ATF pressure switch 5
OFF vehicle 4. Torque converter
With selector lever in P position, vehicle does not enter parking condition or, with selector lever in another position, parking condition is not cancelled. Refer to AT-186, "In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed" .
ON vehicle OFF vehicle
1. PNP switch 2. Control cable adjustment
3. Parking pawl components
1. PNP switch
Vehicle runs with transmission in " P" position.
ON vehicle
2. Fluid level and state 3. Control cable adjustment 4. Control valve with TCM 5. Parking pawl components
OFF vehicle 6. Gear system
Reference page AT-54 AT-55 AT-126 AT-99 AT-149 AT-251 AT-285 AT-303 AT-307 AT-271 AT-317 AT-319
AT-285
AT-285
EC-81 AT-99 AT-169 AT-285 AT-107 AT-237
AT-271
AT-107 AT-54 AT-237 AT-251 AT-271 AT-271
Revision: October 2006
AT-84
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
60
61 Others
62 63
64
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference
page
A
1. PNP switch
AT-107
2. Fluid level and state ON vehicle
3. Control cable adjustment
AT-54
B
AT-237
4. Control valve with TCM
AT-251
Vehicle runs with transmission in "N" position. Refer to AT-187, "In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves" .
5. Input clutch
6. Gear system
7. Direct clutch
OFF vehicle
8. Reverse brake
9. Forward one- way clutch (Parts behind drum support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 .)
AT-307 AT
AT-271
AT-319
AT-285
D
AT-285
E
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-17 , AT-18 AT-285
.)
F
Engine does not start in "N" or "P" position. Refer to AT-185, "Engine Cannot Be Started In "P" or "N" Position" .
1. Ignition switch and starter ON vehicle 2. Control cable adjustment
3. PNP switch
Engine starts in positions other than "N" or "P".
ON vehicle
1. Ignition switch and starter 2. Control cable adjustment 3. PNP switch
PG-4, SC10
AT-237
G
AT-107
PG-4, SC- H
10
AT-237
AT-107
I
1. Fluid level and state
AT-54
Engine stall.
ON vehicle
2. Engine speed signal 3. Turbine revolution sensor 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 5. CAN communication line
AT-118
J
AT-111
AT-120
AT-99
K
6. Control valve with TCM
AT-251
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter 1. Fluid level and state
AT-285
L
AT-54
Engine stalls when select lever shifted "N" "D", "R".
ON vehicle
2. Engine speed signal 3. Turbine revolution sensor 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 5. CAN communication line
AT-118
AT-111
M
AT-120
AT-99
6. Control valve with TCM
AT-251
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter
AT-285
Revision: October 2006
AT-85
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No. Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level and state
2. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
65 Others
Engine speed does not return to idle. Refer to AT-213, "Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle" .
ON vehicle
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve 4. Accelerator pedal position sensor
5. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
6. CAN communication line
7. Control valve with TCM
8. Front brake (brake band) OFF vehicle
9. Direct clutch
TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values
A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT
Reference page AT-54
AT-169, AT-149 AT-165, AT-145 AT-126 AT-113, AT-134 AT-99 AT-251 AT-285 AT-319
ECS00AWW
TCM INSPECTION TABLE
Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Terminal Wire
No.
color
Item
Condition
1
P
Power supply (Memory back-up)
Always
2
P
Power supply (Memory back-up)
Always
3
L CAN-H
4
V
K-line (CONSULTII signal)
The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-II.
5
B Ground
Always
SCIA1658E
Data (Approx.) Battery voltage Battery voltage
0V
6
BR *1 Y/R *2
Power supply
Battery voltage
0V
7
R
Back-up lamp relay
8
P CAN-L
Selector lever in "R" position. Selector lever in other positions.
0V Battery voltage
Revision: October 2006
AT-86
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Terminal Wire
No.
color
Item
Condition
Data (Approx.)
A
9
B/R Starter relay
10
B Ground
Selector lever in "N"," P" positions. Selector lever in other positions.
Always
Battery voltage
0V
B
0V
*1: Column shift
*2: Floor shift
AT
CONSULT-II FUNCTION (A/T)
ECS00CBV
CONSULT-II can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
D
FUNCTION
TCM diagnostic mode
Description
E
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the TCM for setting the status
WORK SUPPORT
suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the TCM and received data is
displayed.
F
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Displays TCM self-diagnosis results.
DATA MONITOR
Displays TCM input/output data in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
G
ACTIVE TEST
Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them.
FUNCTION TEST
Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system is "OK" or
"NG".
H
ECU PART NUMBER
TCM part number can be read.
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE
I
NOTICE:
1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each sole-
noid). Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is J
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical
parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Man- K
ual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and
L
Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed.
3. Display of solenoid valves on CONSULT-II changes at the start of shifting, while gear position is displayed
upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
M
Item name ATF TEMP SE 1 ATF TEMP SE 2 TCC SOLENOID
SLCT LVR POSI
Condition
0°C (32° F) - 20°C (68°F) - 80°C (176°F)
When perform slip lock-up When perform lock-up Selector lever in "N","P" position. Selector lever in "R" position. Selector lever in "D" position. Selector lever in "4" position. Selector lever in "3" position. Selector lever in "2" position. Selector lever in "1" position.
Display value (Approx.) 3.3 - 2.7 - 0.9 V 3.3 - 2.5 - 0.7 V 0.2 - 0.4 A 0.4 - 0.6 A N/P R D 4 3 2 1
Revision: October 2006
AT-87
2006 Titan
Item name VHCL/S SE·A/T ENGINE SPEED LINE PRES SOL TURBINE REV VHCL/S SE·MTR ATF PRES SW 1 ATF PRES SW 2 ATF PRES SW 3 ATF PRES SW 5
ATF PRES SW 6
I/C SOLENOID FR/B SOLENOID D/C SOLENOID
HLR/C SOL
ON OFF SOL STARTER RELAY ACCELE POSI CLSD THL POS W/O THL POS BRAKE SW
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
During driving
Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
Engine running
Closely matches the tachometer reading.
During driving
0.2 - 0.6 A
During driving (lock-up ON)
Approximately matches the engine speed.
During driving
Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
ON
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
OFF
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
ON
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
OFF
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
ON
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
OFF
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22
ON
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
OFF
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
0.6 - 0.8 A
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
0 - 0.05 A
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
0.6 - 0.8 A
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
0 - 0.05 A
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
0.6 - 0.8 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
0 - 0.05 A
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
0.6 - 0.8 A
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22
0 - 0.05 A
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22
OFF
Selector lever in "N","P" position.
ON
Selector lever in other position.
OFF
Released accelerator pedal.
0.0/8
Fully depressed accelerator pedal.
8/8
Released accelerator pedal.
ON
Fully depressed accelerator pedal.
OFF
Fully depressed accelerator pedal.
ON
Released accelerator pedal.
OFF
Depressed brake pedal.
ON
Released brake pedal.
OFF
Revision: October 2006
AT-88
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
A
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
G For details, refer to the separate "CONSULT-II Operations Man-
B
ual".
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
AT
link connector, which is located in instrument lower panel on
driver side.
D
3. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.) 4. Touch "START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)".
BDIA0013E
E
F
G
H
5. Touch "A/T". If "A/T" or "ENGINE" is not indicated, go to GI-39, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure.
I
BCIA0029E
J K
L
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
BCIA0030E
M
Operation Procedure
After performing "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)" (Refer to AT-89 ), place check marks for results on the AT-49, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . Reference pages are provided following the items.
1. Perform "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE". Refer to AT-89, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-89
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Touch "SELF-DIAG RESULTS". Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing operation.
BCIA0031E
Display Items List
X: Applicable, --: Not applicable
TCM selfdiagnosis
OBD-II (DTC)
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms)
Malfunction is detected when...
"A/T" with CONSULT-II
MIL indicator lamp*1,
"ENGINE" with CONSULT-II or
GST
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
G When a malfunction is detected in CAN communications
U1000
U1000
G If this signal is ON other than in P or N position, this is
STARTER RELAY/CIRC
judged to be a malfunction. (And if it is OFF in P or N position, this too is judged to be a
P0615
--
malfunction.)
TCM
G TCM is malfunctioning
P0700
P0700
PNP SW/CIRC
G PNP switch 1-4 signals input with impossible pattern
G P position is detected from N position without any other position being detected in between.
P0705
P0705
TURBINE REV S/CIRC
G TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
G TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for turbine revolution sensor 2.
P0717
P0717
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT (Revolution sensor)
G Signal from vehicle speed sensor A/T (Revolution sensor) not input due to cut line or the like
G Unexpected signal input during running
G After ignition switch is turned ON, unexpected signal input from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehicle starts moving
P0720
P0720
ENGINE SPEED SIG
G TCM does not receive the CAN communication signal from the ECM.
P0725
--
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short, or the like
P0740
P0740
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
G A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value with slip rotation.
P0744
P0744*2
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short, or the like
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
P0745
P0745
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
G TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM.
P1705
--
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
G During running, the ATF temperature sensor signal voltage is excessively high or low
P1710
P0710
Revision: October 2006
AT-90
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TCM selfdiagnosis
OBD-II (DTC)
A
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms)
Malfunction is detected when...
MIL indicator
"A/T" with CONSULT-II
lamp*1, "ENGINE" with CONSULT-II or
B
GST
VEH SPD SE/CIR·MTR
G Signal (CAN communication) from vehicle speed sensor MTR not input due to cut line or the like
G Unexpected signal input during running
P1721
AT
--
A/T INTERLOCK
G Except during shift change, the gear position and ATF pressure switch states are monitored and comparative judgement made.
P1730
P1730
D
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING
G Each ATF pressure switch and solenoid current is monitored and if a pattern is detected having engine braking 1st gear other than in the "M1" or "1" position, a malfunction is detected.
P1731
E
--
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC I/C SOLENOID FNCTN FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
G TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
P1752 P1754 P1757
F
P1752
G
P1754*2
H
I
P1757
J
FR/B SOLENOID FNCT
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
G TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
P1759
K
P1759*2
L
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short, or the like
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
P1762
P1762
M
D/C SOLENOID FNCTN
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
G TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
P1764
P1764*2
HLR/C SOL/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
G TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
P1767
P1767
Revision: October 2006
AT-91
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms)
Malfunction is detected when...
TCM selfdiagnosis
"A/T" with CONSULT-II
OBD-II (DTC)
MIL indicator lamp*1,
"ENGINE" with CONSULT-II or
GST
HLR/C SOL FNCTN
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
G TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC
G Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT
G TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
G Condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is different from monitor value, and relation between gear position and actual gear ratio is irregular.
MANU MODE SW/CIRC
G When an impossible pattern of switch signals is detected, a malfunction is detected.
ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC
G TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
NO DTC IS DETECTED FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED
G No NG item has been detected.
*1: Refer to AT-44, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" . *2: These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
P1769 P1772 P1774 P1815 P1841 P1843 P1845 P1846
X
P1769*2 P1772 P1774*2
-- -- -- -- -- X
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results 1. Perform "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE". Refer to AT-
89, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
2. Touch "SELF-DAIG RESULTS".
Revision: October 2006
AT-92
BCIA0031E
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
3. Touch "ERASE". (The self-diagnostic results will be erased.) A
B
AT
DATA MONITOR MODE
PCIA0061E
D
Operation Procedure
1. Perform "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE". Refer to AT-89, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
E
2. Touch "DATA MONITOR".
NOTE: When malfunction is detected, CONSULT-II performs
F
"REAL-TIME DIAGNOSIS". Also, any malfunction detected
while in this mode will be displayed at real time.
G
H
Display Items List
Monitored item (Unit)
VHCL/S SE·A/T (km/h) VHCL/S SE·MTR (km/h) ACCELE POSI (0.0/8)
THROTTLE POSI (0.0/8)
CLSD THL POS (ON-OFF display) W/O THL POS (ON-OFF display) BRAKE SW (ON-OFF display) GEAR ENGINE SPEED (rpm) TURBINE REV (rpm) OUTPUT REV (rpm) GEAR RATIO TC SLIP SPEED (rpm) F SUN GW REV (rpm)
Revision: October 2006
I
BCIA0031E
Monitor Item Selection
X: Standard, --: Not applicable J
ECU INPUT SIGNALS
MAIN SIGNALS
SELECTION FROM
MENU
Remarks
K
X
X
X
Revolution sensor
X
--
X
L
X
--
X
Accelerator pedal position signal
Degree of opening for accelerator recog-
X
X
X
nized by the TCM
M
For fail-safe operation, the specific value
used for control is displayed.
X
--
X
Signal input with CAN communications
X
--
X
X
--
X
Stop lamp switch
--
X
X
Gear position recognized by the TCM updated after gear-shifting
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
Difference between engine speed and torque converter input shaft speed
--
--
X
AT-93
2006 Titan
Monitored item (Unit)
F CARR GR REV (rpm) ATF TEMP SE 1 (V) ATF TEMP SE 2 (V) ATF TEMP 1 (°C) ATF TEMP 2 (°C) BATTERY VOLT (V) ATF PRES SW 1 (ON-OFF display) ATF PRES SW 2 (ON-OFF display) ATF PRES SW 3 (ON-OFF display) ATF PRES SW 5 (ON-OFF display) ATF PRES SW 6 (ON-OFF display) PNP SW 1 (ON-OFF display) PNP SW 2 (ON-OFF display) PNP SW 3 (ON-OFF display) PNP SW 4 (ON-OFF display) 1 POSITION SW (ON-OFF display)
SLCTLVR POSI
OD CONT SW (ON-OFF display) POWER SHIFT SW (ON-OFF display) HOLD SW (ON-OFF display) MANU MODE SW (ON-OFF display) NON M-MODE SW (ON-OFF display) UP SW LEVER (ON-OFF display) DOWN SW LEVER (ON-OFF display) SFT UP ST SW (ON-OFF display) SFT DWN ST SW (ON-OFF display) ASCD·OD CUT (ON-OFF display) ASCD·CRUISE (ON-OFF display) ABS SIGNAL (ON-OFF display) ACC OD CUT (ON-OFF display) ACC SIGNAL (ON-OFF display) TCS GR/P KEEP (ON-OFF display) TCS SIGNAL 2 (ON-OFF display) TCS SIGNAL 1 (ON-OFF display) TCC SOLENOID (A) LINE PRES SOL (A) I/C SOLENOID (A) FR/B SOLENOID (A) D/C SOLENOID (A) HLR/C SOL (A)
Revision: October 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Monitor Item Selection
ECU INPUT SIGNALS
MAIN SIGNALS
SELECTION FROM
MENU
Remarks
--
--
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
X
--
X
X
X
X
(for FR/B solenoid)
X
X
X
(for LC/B solenoid)
X
X
X
(for I/C solenoid)
X
X
X
(for D/C solenoid)
X
X
X
(for HLR/C solenoid)
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
--
X
Selector lever position is recognized by
X
the TCM. For fail-safe operation, the specific value
used for control is displayed.
X
--
X
4th position switch
X
--
X
Not mounted but displayed.
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
--
--
--
--
X Not mounted but displayed.
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
--
X
X
AT-94
2006 Titan
Monitored item (Unit)
ON OFF SOL (ON-OFF display) TCC SOL MON (A) L/P SOL MON (A) I/C SL MON (A) FR/B SOL MON (A) D/C SOL MON (A) HLR/C SOL MON (A) ONOFF SOL MON (ON-OFF display) P POSI IND (ON-OFF display) R POSI IND (ON-OFF display) N POSI IND (ON-OFF display) D POSI IND (ON-OFF display) 4TH POSI IND (ON-OFF display) 3RD POSI IND (ON-OFF display) 2ND POSI IND (ON-OFF display) 1ST POSI IND (ON-OFF display) MANU MODE IND (ON-OFF display) POWER M LAMP (ON-OFF display) F-SAFE IND/L (ON-OFF display) ATF WARN LAMP (ON-OFF display) BACK-UP LAMP (ON-OFF display) STARTER RELAY (ON-OFF display) PNP SW3 MON (ON-OFF display) C/V CLB ID1 C/V CLB ID2 C/V CLB ID3 UNIT CLB ID1 UNIT CLB ID2 UNIT CLB ID3 TRGT GR RATIO TRGT PRES TCC (kPa) TRGT PRES L/P (kPa) TRGT PRES I/C (kPa) TRGT PRES FR/B (kPa) TRGT PRES D/C (kPa) TRG PRE HLR/C (kPa) SHIFT PATTERN DRV CST JUDGE START RLY MON NEXT GR POSI SHIFT MODE MANU GR POSI
Revision: October 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Monitor Item Selection
A
ECU INPUT SIGNALS
MAIN SIGNALS
SELECTION FROM
MENU
Remarks
--
--
X
LC/B solenoid
B
--
--
X
--
--
X
AT
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
D
--
--
X
--
--
X
LC/B solenoid
E
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
F
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
G
--
--
X
--
--
X
H
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
I
--
--
X
--
--
X
J
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
K
--
--
X
--
--
X
L
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
M
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
--
--
X
AT-95
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Monitored item (Unit)
VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) DUTY·HI (high) (%) DUTY·LOW (low) (%) PLS WIDTH·HI (ms) PLS WIDTH·LOW (ms)
Monitor Item Selection
ECU INPUT SIGNALS
MAIN SIGNALS
SELECTION FROM
MENU
Remarks
--
X
X
Vehicle speed recognized by the TCM.
--
--
X
Displays the value measured by the voltage probe.
--
--
X
--
--
--
--
--
--
X
X
The value measured by the pulse probe is displayed.
X
--
--
X
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE Operation Procedure 1. Perform "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE". Refer to AT-89, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE"
.
2. Touch "DTC WORK SUPPORT".
3. Touch select item menu.
BCIA0031E
4. Touch "START".
SCIA0512E
Revision: October 2006
AT-96
SCIA5159E
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
5. Perform driving test according to "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" in "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC".
G When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen changes from "OUT OF CONDITION" to "TESTING".
6. Stop vehicle.
G If "NG" appears on the screen, malfunction may exist. Go to "Diagnostic Procedure".
A
B
AT
SCIA5160E
D
E
F
G
SCIA5161E
H
I J
SCIA5164E
K
L
M
SCIA5162E
Revision: October 2006
AT-97
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
7. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance with instructions displayed.
8. Touch "YES" or "NO". 9. CONSULT-II procedure is ended.
G If "NG" appears on the screen, malfunction may exist. Go to "Diagnostic Procedure".
SCIA5163E
SCIA5162E
Display Items List
DTC work support item
Description
Check item
I/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK*
--
--
FR/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK*
--
--
D/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK*
--
--
HLR/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK*
--
--
LC/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK*
--
--
TCC SOL FUNCTN CHECK
Following items for "TCC solenoid function (lock-up) " can be confirmed.
G Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being performed or not)
G Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
G TCC solenoid valve G Hydraulic control circuit
*: Do not use, but displayed.
Revision: October 2006
AT-98
2006 Titan
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description
PFP:23710
A
ECS00AWY
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability. B Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
AT
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AWZ
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
D
G Diagnostic trouble code "U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control units.
Possible Cause
E
ECS00AX0
Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
F
ECS00AX1
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" G and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
H
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "ENGINE" with CONSULT-II.
I
3. Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-101, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J
WITH GST Follow the procedure "WITH CONSULT-II".
K
SAT014K
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-99
2006 Titan
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Wiring Diagram -- AT -- CAN
ECS00CBW
Revision: October 2006
AT-100
BCWA0320E
2006 Titan
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground
Terminal
3 8
Wire Color
L P
Item
CAN-H CAN-L
Condition
-
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and start engine.
2. Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII.
Is any malfunction of the "CAN COMM CIRCUIT" indicated?
YES NO
>> Print out CONSULT-II screen, GO TO LAN section. Refer to LAN-3, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" .
>> INSPECTION END
A
Data (Approx.)
-
-
B
ECS00AX2
AT
D
E
F
G
PCIA0061E
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-101
2006 Titan
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT Description
G TCM prohibits cranking other than at "P" or "N" position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
PFP:25230
ECS00AX3
ECS00AX4
Item name STARTER RELAY
Condition Selector lever in "N","P" position. Selector lever in other position.
Display value ON OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AX5
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected when park/neutral (PNP) relay (starter relay) is switched "ON" other than at "P" or "N" position. (Or when switched "OFF" at "P" or "N" position).
Possible Cause
ECS00AX6
G Harness or connectors [The park/neutral position (PNP) relay (starter relay) and TCM circuit is open or shorted.]
G Park/neutral position (PNP) relay (starter relay)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00AX7
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.) 2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II. 3. Start engine. 4. Drive vehicle for at least 2 consecutive seconds. 5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-104, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-102
2006 Titan
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram -- AT -- STSIG
ECS00CBX
A B AT D E F G H I J K L M
Revision: October 2006
AT-103
BCWA0321E
2006 Titan
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Terminal
Wire color
Item
Condition
9
B/R Starter relay
Selector lever in "N" and "P" positions. Selector lever in other positions.
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK STARTER RELAY
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "SELECTION FROM MENU" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II and check monitor "STARTER RELAY" ON/OFF.
Item name STARTER RELAY
Condition Selector lever in "N" and "P" positions. Selector lever in other positions.
Display value ON OFF
Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check voltage between the IPDM E/R connector and ground.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Shift position Voltage (Approx.)
Starter relay
E122
"N" and "P" Battery voltage 48 Ground
"R" and "D" 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2.
Data (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V
ECS00CBY
PCIA0056E
LCIA0320E
2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR AND IPDM E/R CONNEC-
TOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and IPDM E/R connector. 3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and
IPDM E/R connector.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
A/T assembly harness connector
IPDM E/R connector
F9 E122
9 Yes
48
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
LCIA0388E
Revision: October 2006
AT-104
2006 Titan
DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY A
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and TCM connector.
B
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector terminal and TCM connector terminal.
AT
Item
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
A/T assembly harness connector
F9
9 Yes
D
TCM connector
F502
8
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
E
SCIA5440E
F
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G
G Starter relay, Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
G
IPDM E/R, Refer to PG-18, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
H
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
I
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. CHECK DTC
J
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
G Refer to AT-102, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-105
2006 Titan
DTC P0700 TCM
DTC P0700 TCM
PFP:31036
Description
ECS00AX9
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The TCM controls the A/T.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AXA
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. G Diagnostic trouble code "P0700 TCM" with CONSULT-II is detected when the TCM is malfunctioning.
Possible Cause
ECS00AXB
TCM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00AXC
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.) 2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II. 3. Start engine. 4. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed. 5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-106, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "SELF DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII.
3. Touch "ERASE".
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, AT-106, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Is the "TCM" displayed again?
YES NO
>> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
>> INSPECTION END
BCIA0030E ECS00AXD
BCIA0031E
Revision: October 2006
AT-106
2006 Titan
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH Description
PFP:32006
A
ECS00AXE
G The park/neutral position (PNP) switch includes a transmission position switch.
G The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
B
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00AXF
Item name
Condition
Display value
AT
Selector lever in "N","P" positions.
N/P
Selector lever in "R" position. Selector lever in "D" position.
R
D
D
SLCTLVR POSI
Selector lever in "4" position.
4
Selector lever in "3" position. Selector lever in "2" position.
3
E
2
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Selector lever in "1" position.
1
F
ECS00AXG
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. G Diagnostic trouble code "P0705 PNP SW/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following condi- G
tions.
When TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal from the PNP switch 1, 2, 3, 4 based on the gear
position.
H
When no other position but "P" position is detected from "N" positions.
Possible Cause
G Harness or connectors [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch 1, 2, 3, 4 and TCM circuit is open or shorted.]
G Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 1, 2, 3, 4
ECS00AXH
I
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00AXI
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
K
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
L
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
M
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "ENGINE" with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds. THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-109, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-107
2006 Titan
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH Wiring Diagram -- AT -- PNP/SW
ECS00CBZ
Revision: October 2006
AT-108
BCWA0520E
2006 Titan
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK PNP SW CIRCUIT
ECS00CC0
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
B
2. Select "SELECTION FROM MENU" in "DATA MONITOR" mode
for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Check if correct selector lever position (N/P, R or D) is displayed
AT
as selector lever is moved into each position.
Item name
Condition
Display value
Selector lever in "N", "P" positions.
N/P
Selector lever in "R" position.
R
Selector lever in "D" position.
D
SLCTLVR POSI
Selector lever in "4" position.
4
Selector lever in "3" position.
3
Selector lever in "2" position.
2
Selector lever in "1" position.
1
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
D
E
PCIA0034E
F
G
H
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- I CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM K
Check the following items:
G A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-109
2006 Titan
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
Park/neutral position switch connector
TCM connector
F505 F503
1 Yes
13
Park/neutral position switch connector
TCM connector
Park/neutral position switch connector
TCM connector
F505 F503 F505 F503
2 Yes
11
3 Yes
12
SCIA5457E
Park/neutral position switch connector
TCM connector
F505 F503
5 Yes
14
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-107, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-110
2006 Titan
DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR Description
PFP:31935
A
ECS00AZ1
The turbine revolution sensor detects input shaft rpm (revolutions per minute). It is located on the input side of
the automatic transmission. Monitors revolution of sensor 1 and sensor 2 for non-standard conditions.
B
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00AZ2
Item name TURBINE REV
Condition During driving (lock-up ON)
Display value (rpm)
AT
Approximately matches the engine speed.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
ECS00AZ3
D
G Diagnostic trouble code "P0717 TURBINE REV S/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
E
When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
When TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for turbine revolution sensor 2.
Possible Cause
F
ECS00AZ4
G Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
G
G Turbine revolution sensor 1, 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
ECS00AZ5
H
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" I
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
J
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. VHCL SPEED SE: 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more ENGINE SPEED: 1,500 rpm or more ACCELE POS: 0.5/8 or more Selector lever: "D" position Gear position (Turbine revolution sensor 1): 4th or 5th position Gear position (Turbine revolution sensor 2): All position Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
K L M
BCIA0030E
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-112, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Revision: October 2006
AT-111
2006 Titan
DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CC8
With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II. 3. Vehicle start and read out the value of "TURBINE REV".
Item name
Condition
Display value (rpm)
TURBINE REV
During driving (lock-up ON)
Approximately matches the engine speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
PCIA0041E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-111, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-112
2006 Titan
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) Description
PFP:32702
A
ECS00AXK
The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal.
The pulse signal is sent to the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
B
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00AXL
Item name VHCL/S SE·A/T
Condition During driving
Display value (km/h)
AT
Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
ECS00AXM
D
G Diagnostic trouble code "P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
E
When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
After ignition switch is turned "ON", irregular signal input from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehi-
cle starts moving.
F
Possible Cause
ECS00AXN
G Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
G Revolution sensor G Vehicle speed sensor MTR
DTC Confirmation Procedure
G
H
ECS00AXO
CAUTION:
G Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
I
G Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
J
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
K
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
L
3. Drive vehicle and check for an increase of "VHCL/S SE·A/T"
value in response to "VHCL/S SE·MTR" value.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-116, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
M
4. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "ENGINE" with CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8
BCIA0030E
Selector lever: "D" position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-116, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ENGINE SPEED: 3,500 rpm or more THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8 Selector lever: "D" position Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If the check result is NG, go to AT-116, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-113
2006 Titan
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Revision: October 2006
AT-114
2006 Titan
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Wiring Diagram -- AT -- VSSA/T
ECS00CC1
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-115
BCWA0510E
2006 Titan
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CC2
With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine. 4. Read out the value of "VHCL/S SE·A/T" while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
Item name
Condition
Display value (km/h)
VHCL/S SE·A/T
During driving
Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA2148E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-116
2006 Titan
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS A
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
B
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector terminals and TCM connector terminals.
AT
Item
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
Park/neutral position switch connector
F505
8 Yes
D
TCM connector
F503
20
Park/neutral position switch connector
TCM connector
Park/neutral position switch connector
TCM connector
F505 F503 F505 F503
9 Yes
17
10 Yes
16
E
SCIA5458E
F
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
H
5. REPLACE THE REVOLUTION SENSOR AND CHECK DTC
I 1. Replace the revolution sensor. Refer to AT-285, "Disassembly" .
2. Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". Refer to AT-113, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
J
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
K
6. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
L
G Refer to AT-113, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
M
NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-117
2006 Titan
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL Description
The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
PFP:24825
ECS00AXQ
ECS00AXR
Item name ENGINE SPEED
Condition Engine running
Display value (rpm) Closely matches the tachometer reading.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AXS
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the ignition signal from ECM during engine cranking or running.
Possible Cause
ECS00AXT
Harness or connectors (The ECM to the TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00AXU
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more ACCELE POSI: More than 1/8 Selector lever: "D" position
3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-118, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
BCIA0030E ECS00AXV
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results? YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . NO >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-118
2006 Titan
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
B
"A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. While monitoring engine speed, check for engine speed change
corresponding to wide-open throttle position signal.
AT
Item name
Condition
Display value (rpm)
ENGINE SPEED
Engine running
Closely matches the tachometer reading.
D
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check the ignition signal circuit. G Refer to EC-611, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
3. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-118, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
PCIA0041E
E F G H I
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
K
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
L
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG
M
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-119
2006 Titan
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
PFP:31940
Description
ECS00AXW
G The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear in D4 , D5 by the TCM in response to signals sent from the vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Torque converter clutch piston operation will then be controlled.
G Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
G When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 1/8) in lock-up condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00AXX
Item name TCC SOLENOID
Condition When performing slip lock-up
When performing lock-up
Display value (Approx.) (A) 0.2 - 0.4 0.4 - 0.6
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AXY
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. G Diagnostic trouble code "P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions. When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause
ECS00AXZ
G Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00AY0
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "ENGINE" with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. VHCL SPEED SE: 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more ACCELE POS: 0.5/8 - 1.0/8 SELECTOR LEVER: "D" position Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
4. If DTC is detected go to AT-121, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Revision: October 2006
AT-120
2006 Titan
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00AY1
A
With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T"
with CONSULT-II. 3. Start engine. 4. Read out the value of "TCC SOLENOID" while driving.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
TCC SOLENOID
When performing slip lock-up When performing lock-up
0.2 - 0.4 A 0.4 - 0.6 A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
B
AT
D
E
SCIA4793E
F
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- G CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM I
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
J
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
L
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-120, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
M OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-121
2006 Titan
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
PFP:31940
Description
ECS00AY2
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into 5th gear position or the torque converter clutch does not lock-up as instructed by the TCM. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00AY3
Item name TCC SOLENOID
Condition When performing slip lock-up
When performing lock-up
Display value (Approx.) (A) 0.2 - 0.4 0.4 - 0.6
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AY4
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. G Diagnostic trouble code "P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions. When A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good. When TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value with slip rotation.
Possible Cause
ECS00AY5
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
G Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00AY6
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and Select "TCC S/V FNCTN CHECK" of "DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II and touch "START".
2. Accelerate vehicle to more than 80 km/h (50 MPH) and maintain the following condition continuously until "TESTING" has turned to "COMPLETE". (It will take approximately 30 seconds after "TESTING" shows.) ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4) TCC SOLENOID: 0.4 - 0.6 A Selector lever: "D" position [Reference speed: Constant speed of more than 80 km/h (50 MPH)]
BCIA0030E
Make sure "GEAR" shows "5".
For shift schedule, refer to AT-64, "Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lockup" .
If "TESTING" does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS". In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0744 is shown, refer to applicable "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC".
3. Make sure that "OK" is displayed. (If "NG" is displayed, refer to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE".) Refer to AT-123, "Diagnostic Procedure" . Refer to shift schedule, AT-64, "Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-122
2006 Titan
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
A
ECS00AY7
B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
AT
2. Select "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T"
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine.
D
4. Read out the value of "TCC SOLENOID" while driving.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
TCC SOLENOID
When performing slip lock-up When performing lock-up
0.2 - 0.4 A 0.4 - 0.6 A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
E
SCIA4793E
F
G
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
J Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
K
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
4. CHECK DTC
M Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
G Refer to AT-122, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-123
2006 Titan
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
PFP:31940
Description
ECS00AY8
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent from the TCM. The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the closed throttle position signal is "ON". To confirm the line pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle) should be open until the closed throttle position signal is "OFF".
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00AY9
Item name LINE PRES SOL
Condition During driving
Display value (Approx.) (A) 0.2 - 0.6
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AYA
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. G Diagnostic trouble code "P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions. When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause
ECS00AYB
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G Line pressure solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00AYC
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and select "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"ENGINE" with CONSULT-II.
2. Engine start and wait at least 5 second. 3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-125, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-124
2006 Titan
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CC3
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
B
2. Select "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T"
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start the engine.
AT
4. Read out the value of "LINE PRES SOL" while driving.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
LINE PRES SOL
During driving
0.2 - 0.6 A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
D
E
SCIA4793E
F
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
G OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
I
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
J
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
K
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
L
G Refer to AT-124, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
M
NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-125
2006 Titan
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
PFP:22620
Description
ECS00AYO
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, accelerator pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor, etc. The actuator sends a signal to the ECM, and ECM sends signals to TCM with CAN communication.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00AYP
Item name ACCELE POSI
Condition Released accelerator pedal. Fully depressed accelerator pedal.
Display value (Approx.) 0.0/8 8/8
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AYQ
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM.
Possible Cause
ECS00AYR
Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00AYS
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.) 2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II. 3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-127, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-126
2006 Titan
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
ECS00CC4
A
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
B
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM
AT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress accelerator pedal and read out the value of "ACCELE POSI".
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
ACCELE POSI
Released accelerator pedal.
0.0/8
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8/8
4. Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK DTC WITH ECM
D E
F G
PCIA0070E
H
I
With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "ENGINE" with CON-
SULT-II. Refer to EC-124, "SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check the DTC detected item. Refer to EC-124, "SELF-
DIAG RESULTS MODE" . G If CAN communication line is detected, go to AT-99,
"DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
4. CHECK DTC
J K L M
BCIA0030E
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-126, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 5.
Revision: October 2006
AT-127
2006 Titan
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
5. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-128
2006 Titan
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS00AYU
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature and sends a signal to the TCM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
B
ECS00AYV
Item name ATF TEMP SE 1 ATF TEMP SE 2
Condition °C (°F) 0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176)
Display value (Approx.) V
3.3 - 2.7 - 0.9
AT
3.3 - 2.5 - 0.7
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AYW
D
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM receives an
excessively low or high voltage from the sensor.
E
Possible Cause
ECS00AYX
G Harness or connectors
F
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
G A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure
G
ECS00AYY
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
H
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
J
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "ENGINE" with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10
minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continuously.) VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
K
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8
Selector lever: "D" position
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-131, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
BCIA0030E
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-129
2006 Titan
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram -- AT -- FTS
ECS00CC5
Revision: October 2006
AT-130
BCWA0323E
2006 Titan
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
ECS00CC6
A
With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out the value of "ATF TEMP SE 1".
Item name
Condition °C (°F)
ATF TEMP SE 1
0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3.
Display value (Approx.) 3.3 - 2.7 - 0.9 V
2. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out the value of "ATF TEMP SE 2".
Item name
Condition °C (°F)
ATF TEMP SE 2
0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 5.
Display value (Approx.) 3.3 - 2.5 - 0.7 V
3. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
B
AT
D
E
PCIA0039E
F
G
H
I
PCIA0039E
J
Check A/T fluid temperature sensor 1. Refer to AT-133, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1" .
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid
Temperature Sensor 2" .
L
4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS
M 1. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
2. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
Park/neutral position switch connector
TCM connector
F505 F503
6 Yes
19
Park/neutral position switch connector
TCM connector
F505 F503
7 Yes
18
3. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
SCIA5461E
Revision: October 2006
AT-131
2006 Titan
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
5. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
Check A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-133, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace the A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T
Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
6. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector and TCM connector.
2. Check continuity between A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector
TCM connector
F507 F502
1 Yes
3
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector
TCM connector
F507 F502
2 Yes
5
3. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA5462E
1. Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
2. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-129, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 1.
Revision: October 2006
AT-132
2006 Titan
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Component Inspection
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
ECS00CC7
A
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check resistance between terminals.
B
Name
Terminal
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance (Approx.) (k)
AT
0 (32)
15
A/T fluid temperature sensor 1
6 - 7
20 (68)
6.5
80 (176)
0.9
D
3. If NG, replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
SCIA5463E
E
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
1. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
F
2. Check resistance between terminals.
Name
Terminal
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance (Approx.) (k)
0 (32)
10
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
1 - 2
20 (68)
4
80 (176)
0.5
3. If NG, replace the A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
G
H
I
SCIA5271E
J
K
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-133
2006 Titan
DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
PFP:24814
Description
ECS00AZ7
The vehicle speed sensor·MTR signal is transmitted from combination meter to TCM by CAN communication line. The signal functions as an auxiliary device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use the vehicle speed sensor·MTR signal.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00AZ8
Item name VHCL/S SE·MTR
Condition During driving
Display value (km/h) Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AZ9
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1721 VHE SPD SE·MTR" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper vehicle speed sensor MTR signal (input by CAN communication) from combination meter.
Possible Cause
ECS00AZA
Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00AZB
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ACCELE POS: 1/8 or less VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (17 MPH) or more
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-135, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-134
2006 Titan
DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
ECS00CC9
A
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the result?
B
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
AT
With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
"A/T" with CONSULT-II. 3. Drive vehicle and read out the value of "VHCL/S SE·MTR".
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.) (km/h)
VHCL/S SE·MTR
During driving
Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK COMBINATION METERS
D
E
F
G
SCIA2148E
H
Check combination meters. Refer to DI-17, "How to Proceed With Trouble Diagnosis" .
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
J
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
G Refer to AT-134, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 5.
L
5. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
M Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-135
2006 Titan
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK
PFP:00000
Description
ECS00AZD
G Fail-safe function to detect interlock conditions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AZE
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1730 A/T INTERLOCK" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor and switch.
G TCM monitors and compares gear position and conditions of each ATF pressure switch when gear is steady.
Possible Cause
ECS00AZF
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid and switch circuit is open or shorted.)
G Low coast brake solenoid valve
G ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00AZG
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II. 3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds. Selector lever: "D" position
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-137, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Judgement of A/T Interlock
ECS00AZH
When A/T Interlock is judged to be malfunctioning, the vehicle should be fixed in 2nd gear, and should be set in a condition in which it can travel. When one of the following fastening patterns is detected, the fail-safe function in correspondence with the individual pattern should be performed.
Revision: October 2006
AT-136
2006 Titan
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK
A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE
Gear position
ATF pressure switch output
SW3 (I/C)
SW6 (HLR/
C)
SW5 SW1 SW2 (D/C) (FR/B) (LC/B)
3rd
X
X
G
A/T interlock
coupling pat- 4th
X
X
G
tern
5th
X
X
X
G
Diagnostic Procedure
1. SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Fail-safe function
Held in 2nd gear Held in 2nd gear Held in 2nd gear
G: NG, X: OK A
Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe function
B
I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B L/U
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF AT
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
D
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
ECS00CCA
E
With CONSULT-II
F
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
4. Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII. H
I
BCIA0031E
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check low coast brake solenoid valve circuit and function. Refer to AT-157, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" ,AT-159, "DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID K
VALVE FUNCTION" .
2. CHECK DTC
L
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
G Refer to AT-136, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
M
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-137
2006 Titan
DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-138
2006 Titan
DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING
DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING Description
PFP:00000
A
ECS00AZJ
Fail-safe function to prevent sudden decrease in speed by engine brake other than at 1 or M1 position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
B
ECS00AZK
Item name ON OFF SOL ATF PRES SW 2
Condition Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 . Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 . Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 . Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
Display value
ON
AT
OFF
ON
D
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
ECS00AZL
E
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
F
When TCM monitors each ATF pressure switch and solenoid monitor value, and detects as irregular when
engine brake of 1st gear acts other than at 1 position. G
Possible Cause
ECS00AZM
G Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
G Low coast brake solenoid valve G ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure
H
I
ECS00AZN
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously preformed, always turn ignition switch "OFF" J and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
K
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
L
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
ENGINE SPEED: 1,200 rpm
M
Selector lever: "1" position
Gear position: 1st gear
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-140, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-139
2006 Titan
DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
ECS00AZO
With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine.
2. Select "SELECTION FROM MENU" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the "1" or "M" position (1st gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of "ATF PRES SW 2" and "ON OFF SOL".
Item name
Condition
Display value
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
ON OFF
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
ON OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA4670E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-139, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-140
2006 Titan
DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS00AZP
Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the B optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
Item name
Condition
ECS00AZQ
AT
Display value (Approx.) (A)
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 . Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0.6 - 0.8
0 - 0.05
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AZR
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
E
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
F
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G Input clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00AZS
G
H
ECS00AZT
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
I
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
J
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
5. If DTC is detected go to AT-142, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K L M
BCIA0030E
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Revision: October 2006
AT-141
2006 Titan
DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CCB
With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T"
with CONSULT-II. 3. Start the engine. 4. Read out the value of "I/C SOLENOID" while driving.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
0 - 0.05 A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA4793E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-141, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-142
2006 Titan
DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS00AZV
G Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be B shifted to the optimum position.
G This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00AZW
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.) (A)
D
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 . Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0.6 - 0.8 0 - 0.05
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
ON
E
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00AZX
F
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1754 I/C SOLENOID FNCTN" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
G
When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of pressure switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular H during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
G Input clutch solenoid valve G ATF pressure switch 3
ECS00AZY
I
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
ECS00AZZ
K
NOTE:
L
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions. ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
3. Perform step "2" again.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", then perform step "1" to "3" again.
5. Check "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1754) is detected, refer to AT-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-142, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-168, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-143
2006 Titan
DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
ECS00CCC
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select "SELECTION FROM MENU" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
Þ 3. Drive vehicle in "D" position (3rd 4th gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of "ATF PRES SW 3" and electrical current value of "I/C SOLENOID".
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
0 - 0.05 A
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
ON
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA4795E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. G Refer to AT-143, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-144
2006 Titan
DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS00B01
Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the B optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.) (A)
ECS00B02
AT
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0.6 - 0.8
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0 - 0.05
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00B03
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
E
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
F
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G Front brake solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00B04
G
H
ECS00B05
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
I
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
J
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
5. If DTC is detected go to AT-146, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K L M
BCIA0030E
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Revision: October 2006
AT-145
2006 Titan
DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CCD
With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T"
with CONSULT-II. 3. Start engine. 4. Read out the value of "FR/B SOLENOID" while driving.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0 - 0.05 A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA4793E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-145, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-146
2006 Titan
DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS00B07
G Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be B shifted to the optimum position.
G This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00B08
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.) (A)
D
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 . Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0.6 - 0.8 0 - 0.05
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
ON
E
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00B09
F
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1759 FR/B SOLENOID FNCT" with CONSULT-II is detected under the follow-
ing conditions.
G
When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular H during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
G Front brake solenoid valve G ATF pressure switch 1
ECS00B0A
I
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
ECS00B0B
K
NOTE:
L
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
3. Perform step "2" again.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", then perform step "1" to "3" again.
5. Check "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1759) is detected, refer to AT-148, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-146, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-166, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-147
2006 Titan
DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
ECS00B0C
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select "SELECTION FROM MENU" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
Þ 3. Drive vehicle in the "D" position (3rd 4th gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the "ATF PRES SW 1" and electrical current value of "FR/B SOLENOID".
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0 - 0.05 A
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
ON
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA4796E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-147, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-148
2006 Titan
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS00B0D
Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the B optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.) (A)
ECS00B0E
AT
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
0.6 - 0.8
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
0 - 0.05
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00B0F
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
E
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
F
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G Direct clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00B0G
G
H
ECS00B0H
NOTE: If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
I
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
J
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
K
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 1st 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
L
M
BCIA0030E
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Revision: October 2006
AT-149
2006 Titan
DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CCE
With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T"
with CONSULT-II. 3. Start the engine. 4. Read out the value of "D/C SOLENOID" while driving.
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
0 - 0.05 A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA4793E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-149, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-150
2006 Titan
DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS00B0J
G Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be B shifted to the optimum position.
G This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00B0K
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx) (A)
D
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 . Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
0.6 - 0.8 0 - 0.05
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
ON
E
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00B0L
F
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1764 D/C SOLENOID FNCTN" with CONSULT-II is detected under the follow-
ing conditions.
G
When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular H during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
G Direct clutch solenoid valve G ATF pressure switch 5
ECS00B0M
I
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure
NOTE:
ECS00B0N
K
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
L
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 1st 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
3. Perform step "2" again.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", then perform step "1" to "3" again.
5. Check "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1764) is detected, refer to AT-152, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-170, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M
BCIA0030E
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Revision: October 2006
AT-151
2006 Titan
DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
ECS00B0O
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select "SELECTION FROM MENU" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
Þ 3. Drive vehicle in the "D" position (1st 2nd gear), and confirm the display actuation of the "ATF PRES SW 5" and electrical current value of "D/C SOLENOID".
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0.6 - 0.8 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
0 - 0.05 A
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
ON
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA4797E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-151, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-152
2006 Titan
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS00B0P
High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then B be shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
Item name
Condition
ECS00B0Q
AT
Display value (Approx.) (A)
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
0.6 - 0.8
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0 - 0.05
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00B0R
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
E
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
F
When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00B0S
G
H
ECS00B0T
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
I
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
J
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 2nd 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K L M
BCIA0030E
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Revision: October 2006
AT-153
2006 Titan
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CCF
With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T"
with CONSULT-II. 3. Start the engine. 4. Read out the value of "HLR/C SOLENOID" while driving.
Item name Condition
Display value (Approx.)
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0.6 - 0.8 A 0 - 0.05 A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA4793E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-153, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-154
2006 Titan
DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
PFP:31940 A
Description
ECS00B0V
G
High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears
B
will then be shifted to the optimum position.
G This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00B0W
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.) (A)
D
HLR/C SOL ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 . High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 . High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 . High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
On Board Diagnosis Logic
0.6 - 0.8 0 - 0.05 ON OFF
E
F
ECS00B0X
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1769 HLR/C SOL FNCTN" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following G conditions.
When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) H
When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause
ECS00B0Y
I
G Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
G High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
J
G ATF pressure switch 6
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00B0Z
K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
L
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
M
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 2nd 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
3. Perform step "2" again.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", then perform step "1" to "3" again.
5. Check "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1769) is detected, refer to AT-156, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-172, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-155
2006 Titan
DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
ECS00B10
With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine.
2. Select "SELECTION FROM MENU" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
Þ 3. Drive vehicle in the "D" position (2nd 3rd gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the "ATF PRES SW 6" and electrical current value of "HLR/C SOL".
Item name
Condition
Display value (Approx.)
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
0.6 - 0.8 A 0 - 0.05 A
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
ON
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA4798E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-155, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-156
2006 Titan
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS00B11
Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned "ON" or "OFF" by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then B be shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
Item name
Condition
Display value
ECS00B12
AT
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
OFF
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00B13
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
E
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
Possible Cause
F
ECS00B14
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) G
G Low coast brake solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00B15
NOTE:
H
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "ENGINE" with CONSULT-II.
J
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
K
Selector lever: "1" or "2"
Gear position: "1st" or "2nd" gear (LC/B ON/OFF)
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-158, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
BCIA0030E
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-157
2006 Titan
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CCG
With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select "SELECTION FROM MENU" in "DATA MONITOR" mode
for "A/T" with CONSULT-II. 3. Start the engine. 4. Read out the value of "ON OFF SOL" while driving.
Item name Condition
Display value
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA4794E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-157, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-158
2006 Titan
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS00B17
G Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned "ON" or "OFF" by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears B will then be shifted to the optimum position.
G This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00B18
Item name
Condition
Display value
D
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 . Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
ON OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
ON
E
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00B19
F
G This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT" with CONSULT-II is detected under the following
conditions.
G
When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular H during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause
G Harness or connectors (The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
G Low coast brake solenoid valve G ATF pressure switch 2
ECS00B1A
I
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
ECS00B1B
K
NOTE:
L
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions. Selector lever: "1" or "2" position Gear position: "1st" or "2nd" gear (LC/B ON/OFF)
3. Perform step "2" again.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", then perform step "1" to "3" again.
5. Check "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1774) is detected, refer to AT-160, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1772) is detected, go to AT-158, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E
WITH GST Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II".
Revision: October 2006
AT-159
2006 Titan
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
ECS00CCH
With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine.
2. Select "SELECTION FROM MENU" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the 1 or 2 position ("1 " or "2 " gear) or manual mode ("M1-1st" or "M2-2nd" gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the "ATF PRES SW 2" and "ON OFF SOL".
Item name
Condition
Display value
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
ON
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
SCIA4794E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-159, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-160
2006 Titan
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH Description
When an impossible pattern of switch signals is detected, this is judged to be an irregularity.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:34901
A
ECS00B1D
B
ECS00B1E
Monitor Item MANU MODE SW
Condition
Manual shift gate position (neutral) [ON - OFF]
Other than the above
Reference Value
ON
AT
OFF
NON M-MODE SW
Manual shift gate position [ON - OFF]
Other than the above
OFF
D
ON
UP SW LEVER DOWN SW LEVER
Select lever: + side [ON - OFF]
Other than the above
Select lever: - side [ON - OFF]
Other than the above
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ON OFF ON OFF
E
F
ECS00B1F
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "MANU MODE SW/CIR" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM monitors Man- G ual mode, Non manual mode, Up or Down switch signal, and detects as irregular when impossible input pattern occurs 1 second or more.
Possible Cause
H
ECS00B1G
G Harness or connectors (These switches circuit is open or shorted.)
G Mode select switch (Into control device) G Position select switch (Into control device)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
I J
ECS00B1H
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
K
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
L
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Move selector lever to "M" position.
M
4. Start engine and drive vehicle for at least 2 consecutive sec-
onds.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-163, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-161
2006 Titan
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Wiring Diagram -- AT -- MMSW
ECS00B1I
Revision: October 2006
AT-162
BCWA0512E
2006 Titan
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
ECS00B1J
A
Perform the self-diagnosis. Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
Yes or No
B
Yes >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
No >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH CIRCUIT
AT
Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and confirm that the actual gear position and the meter's indication of the position mutually coincide when the selector lever is shifted to the "+ (up)" or "- (down)" side (1st 5th gear). D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 3.
E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
F Check the following items.
G Manual mode switch. Refer to AT-164, "Component Inspection" .
G Pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
G
G Open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector for A/T device (manual mode switch).
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK TCM
I
Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5.
K
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
L
G Power supply and ground circuit for TCM.
G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor.
M
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the transmission assembly. Refer to AT-264, "Removal and Installation (2WD)" , AT-267, "Removal and Installation (4WD)" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK DTC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. G Refer to AT-161, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 4.
Revision: October 2006
AT-163
2006 Titan
DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Component Inspection
MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check continuity between terminals.
Item
Manual mode (select) switch UP switch DOWN switch
Position
Manual UP
DOWN
Terminal No. (Unit side)
2 - 6
2 - 4 2 - 5
Continuity Yes
ECS00B1K
Position Indicator Lamp
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS (WITH CONSULT-II)
WCIA0245E ECS00B1L
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for A/T with CONSULT-II and read out the value of "GEAR".
3. Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and confirm that the actual gear position and the meter's indication of the position mutually coincide when the select lever is shifted to the "+ (up)" or "(down)" side (1st 5th gear).
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check the following items.
PCIA0065E
Position Indicator Lamp Symptom Chart
Items
Presumed Location of Trouble
The actual gear position does not change, or shifting into the manual mode is not possible (no gear shifting in the manual mode possible). The position indicator lamp is not indicated.
The actual gear position changes, but the position indicator lamp is not indicated.
Manual mode switch Refer to AT-161, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . A/T main system (Fail-safe function actuated) G Refer to AT-89, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
Perform the self-diagnosis function. G Refer to AT-89, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
The actual gear position and the indication on the position indica- Perform the self-diagnosis function.
tor lamp do not coincide.
G Refer to AT-89, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
Only a specific position or positions is/are not indicated on the position indicator lamp.
Check the combination meter. Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-164
2006 Titan
DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1
DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 Description
Fail-safe function to detect front brake clutch solenoid valve condition.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
PFP:25240
A
ECS00B1M
B
ECS00B1N
Item name
Condition
Display value
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
ON
AT
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00B1O
D
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1841 ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 E
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause
G ATF pressure switch 1 G Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00B1P
F
G
ECS00B1Q
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
H
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
I
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
3. Perform step "2" again.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", then perform step "1" to "3" again.
5. Check "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-166, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-146, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J
K
L
M
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-165
2006 Titan
DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CCI
With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" or "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA
MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
Þ 3. Drive vehicle in the "D" position (3rd 4th gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the "ATF PRES SW 1".
Item name
Condition
Display value
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
ON
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
PCIA0067E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-165, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-166
2006 Titan
DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3
DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 Description
Fail-safe function to detect input clutch solenoid valve condition.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
PFP:25240
A
ECS00B1S
B
ECS00B1T
Item name
Condition
Display value
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
ON
AT
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00B1U
D
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1843 ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 E
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause
G ATF pressure switch 3 G Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00B1V
F
G
ECS00B1W
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
H
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
I
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 3rd 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
3. Perform step "2" again.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", then perform step "1" to "3" again.
5. Check "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-168, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-142, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J
K
L
M
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-167
2006 Titan
DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CCJ
With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" or "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA
MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
Þ 3. Drive vehicle in the "D" position (3rd 4th gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the "ATF PRES SW 3".
Item name
Condition
Display value
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
ON
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
PCIA0067E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-167, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-168
2006 Titan
DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5
DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 Description
Fail-safe function to detect direct clutch solenoid valve condition.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
PFP:25240
A
ECS00B1Y
B
ECS00B1Z
Item name
Condition
Display value
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
ON
AT
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00B20
D
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1845 ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 E
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause
G ATF pressure switch 5 G Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00B21
F
G
ECS00B22
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
H
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
I
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 1st 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
3. Perform step "2" again.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", then perform step "1" to "3" again.
5. Check "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-170, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J
K
L
M
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-169
2006 Titan
DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CCK
With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" or "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA
MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
Þ 3. Drive vehicle in the "D" position (1st 2nd gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the "ATF PRES SW 5".
Item name
Condition
Display value
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT22 .
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
ON OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
PCIA0067E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-169, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-170
2006 Titan
DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6
DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 Description
Fail-safe function to detect high & low reverse clutch solenoid valve condition.
CONSULT-II Reference Value
PFP:25240
A
ECS00B24
B
ECS00B25
Item name
Condition
Display value
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
ON
AT
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-22 , AT-20 .
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00B26
D
G This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
G Diagnostic trouble code "P1846 ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC" with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 E
is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause
G ATF pressure switch 6 G Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00B27
F
G
ECS00B28
CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
H
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
I
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II 1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Þ Selector lever: "D" position
Gear position: 2nd 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
3. Perform step "2" again.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", then perform step "1" to "3" again.
5. Check "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "A/T" with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-172, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J
K
L
M
BCIA0030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-171
2006 Titan
DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
ECS00CCL
With CONSULT-II 1. Start the engine. 2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" or "MAIN SIGNALS" in "DATA
MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
Þ 3. Drive vehicle in the "D" position (2nd 3rd gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the "ATF PRES SW 6".
Item name
Condition
Display value
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
High and low reverse clutch disengaged Refer to AT-20 , AT-22 .
ON OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
PCIA0067E
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items: G The A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connec-
tor. OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure". G Refer to AT-171, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-172
2006 Titan
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram -- AT -- MAIN
PFP:00100
A
ECS00CCM
B AT
D E F G H I J K L M
Revision: October 2006
AT-173
BCWA0518E
2006 Titan
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Terminal
Wire color
Item
Condition
1
P
Power supply (Memory back-up)
Always
2
P
Power supply (Memory back-up)
Always
5
B Ground
Always
6
BR *1 Y/R *2
Power supply
10
B Ground
*1: Column shift *2: Floor shift
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
Always
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector. 3. Check voltage between A/T assembly harness connector termi-
nals and ground.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Voltage
TCM
F9
1 - Ground 2 - Ground
Battery voltage
6 (*1 or *2) - Ground
0V
*1: Column shift *2: Floor shift
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 3. Check voltage between A/T assembly harness connector termi-
nals and ground.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Voltage
1 - Ground
TCM
F44
2 - Ground
Battery voltage
6 (*1 or *2) - Ground
*1: Column shift *2: Floor shift
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3.
Data (Approx.) Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V 0V
ECS00CCN
SCIA2104E
SCIA2105E
Revision: October 2006
AT-174
2006 Titan
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A
Check the following items:
G Harness for short or open between battery and A/T assembly harness connector terminals 1, 2
G Harness for short or open between ignition switch and A/T assembly harness connector terminal 6
B
G 10A fuse [No. 3, 4, located in the fuse block (J/B)] and 10A fuse (No. 49, located in the IPDM E/R)
G Ignition switch, Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" . AT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
E
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector F9
terminals 5, 10 and ground.
F
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA2106E
I
Check the following items: J
G The A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS L
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
M
NG-1 >> Self-diagnosis does not activate: GO TO 7.
NG-2 >> DTC is displayed: Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULT MODE" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-175
2006 Titan
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
7. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Item
A/T assembly harness connector
TCM connector
A/T assembly harness connector
TCM connector
A/T assembly harness connector
TCM connector
Connector F9
F502 F9
F502 F9
F502
Terminal 1 9 2 10 6 4
Continuity Yes Yes Yes
SCIA5464E
4. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Item
Connector
Terminal
Continuity
A/T assembly harness connector
TCM connector
F9 F504
5 Yes
21
A/T assembly harness connector
F9
10 Yes
TCM connector
F504
22
5. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
SCIA5465E
OK or NG
OK >> Replace the control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: October 2006
AT-176
2006 Titan
TOW MODE SWITCH
TOW MODE SWITCH Description
PFP:25129
A
ECS00B2A
When tow mode switch is "ON", tow mode switch signals are sent to TCM from combination meter by CAN
communication line.Then it`s a tow mode condition.
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-177
2006 Titan
TOW MODE SWITCH Wiring Diagram -- AT -- TMSW
ECS00CCS
Revision: October 2006
AT-178
BCWA0513E
2006 Titan
TOW MODE SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
ECS00B2B
A
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is any malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
B
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE
AT
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.) D
2. Check the voltage between tow mode switch connector M67 terminal 1 and ground.
Condition
Tow mode switch
Data (Approx.)
E
ON
0V
When ignition switch is turned to "ON"
OFF
Battery voltage
F
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3.
SCIA5156E
G
3. CHECK TOW MODE SWITCH
H 1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect tow mode switch connector.
3. Check continuity between tow mode switch terminals 1 and 2.
I
Condition
Continuity
Tow mode switch "ON"
Yes
J
Tow mode switch "OFF"
No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace tow mode switch.
K
SCIA5584E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
L
Check the following items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
G Harness for short or open between combination meter connector terminal 35 and tow mode switch con-
nector terminal 1.
M
G Harness for short or open between tow mode switch connector terminal 2 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check the combination meter. Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-179
2006 Titan
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIRCUIT
CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIR-
CUIT
PFP:18002
CONSULT-II Reference Value
ECS00B2C
Item name CLSD THL POS W/O THL POS
Condition Released accelerator pedal. Fully depressed accelerator pedal. Fully depressed accelerator pedal. Released accelerator pedal.
Display value ON OFF ON OFF
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
ECS00B2D
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" . Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress accelerator pedal and read out the value of "CLSD THL POS" and "W/O THL POS".
Accelerator Pedal Operation
Monitor Item
CLSD THL POS
W/O THL POS
Released
ON
OFF
Fully depressed
OFF
ON
OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check the following items. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts. G Perform the self-diagnosis for "ENGINE" with CONSULT-II. G Open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G Pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
PCIA0070E
Revision: October 2006
AT-180
2006 Titan
BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONSULT-II Reference Value
Item name BRAKE SW
Condition Depressed brake pedal. Released brake pedal.
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Display value ON OFF
PFP:25320
A
ECS00B2E
B
AT ECS00B2F
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
D
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
E
2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
F
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
G
3. Read out ON/OFF switching action of the "BRAKE SW".
OK or NG
H
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
I
3. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2.
Condition When brake pedal is depressed When brake pedal is released
Continuity Yes No
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal -- refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check the following items. If NG, repair or replace dam-
aged parts.
G Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch.
G Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch and combination meter.
PCIA0070E
J
K
L
M
SCIA2144E
Revision: October 2006
AT-181
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS Wiring Diagram -- AT -- NONDTC
PFP:00007
ECS00CCT
Revision: October 2006
AT-182
BCWA0514E
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
A B AT D E F G H I J K L M
Revision: October 2006
AT-183
BCWA0515E
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Revision: October 2006
AT-184
WCWA0227E
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
TCM terminals and data are reference value. Measured between each terminal and ground.
Terminal
Wire color
Item
Condition
3
L
CAN-H
4
V
K-line (CONSULTII signal)
The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-II
7
R
Back-up lamp relay
Selector lever in "R" position. Selector lever in other positions.
Data (Approx.)
A
B
0V
AT
Battery voltage
8
P
CAN-L
AT CHECK Indicator Lamp does not come on
SYMPTOM:
D
ECS00B2G
AT CHECK indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch to "ON".
E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
F
Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
G
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
H
Check the combination meter. Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. J
3. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer toAT-173, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- K CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Engine Cannot Be Started In "P" or "N" Position
SYMPTOM:
G Engine cannot be started with selector lever in "P" or "N" position.
G Engine can be started with selector lever in "D"or "R" position.
ECS00B2H
M
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch?
Yes >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
No >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-185
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable. G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
3. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
LCIA0345E
Check the starting system. Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" . OK or NG
OK >> Inspection End. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed
ECS00B2I
SYMPTOM:
Even though the selector lever is set in the "P" position, the parking mechanism is not actuated, allowing the vehicle to be moved when it is pushed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" . Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
3. CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS
Check parking components. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4 NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
LCIA0345E
Revision: October 2006
AT-186
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
B
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged,
AT
repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.58)
D
In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves
SYMPTOM:
SCIA5199E
E
ECS00B2J
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting "N" position.
F
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT G
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION H
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
I
Check the control cable. J
G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
K
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
L
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF.
LCIA0345E
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-187
SAT638A
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . 2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged,
repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.67).
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
SCIA5199E
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Check at Idle" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6.
6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Large Shock ("N" to "D" Position)
SYMPTOM:
A noticeable shock occurs when the selector lever is shifted from the "N" to "D" position.
ECS00B2K
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate A/T fluid temperature sensor, engine speed signal, accelerator pedal position sensor, ATF pressure switch 1, front brake solenoid valve, CAN communication line?
YES NO
>> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-129, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" , AT-118, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" ., AT-126, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-165, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-145, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
>> GO TO 2.
2. ENGINE IDLE SPEED
Check the engine idle speed. Refer to EC-81, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair.
Revision: October 2006
AT-188
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE A
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
B
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
AT
4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Refill ATF.
D
LCIA0345E
E
F
G
5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in "D" position. Refer to AT-55, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high: GO TO 6. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low: GO TO 7.
H
SAT638A
I
J
K
L
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SAT494G
M
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check the following items: Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-189
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check the following items: Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" . Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . 2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 9.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.1).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Check at Idle" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11.
11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-190
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In "R" Position
SYMPTOM:
ECS00B2L
A
The vehicle does not creep in the "R" position. Or an extreme lack of acceleration is observed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
B
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
AT
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate accelerator pedal position sensor, ATF pressure switch 6, high and low
reverse clutch solenoid valve, CAN communication line, PNP switch?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-126, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SEN- D SOR" , AT-171, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" , AT-153, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND
LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION
LINE" , AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
E
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
F
G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
H
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF.
I
LCIA0345E
J
K
L
4. CHECK STALL TEST
Check stall revolution with selector lever in "1" and "R" positions. Refer to AT-54, "STALL TEST" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. OK in "M" position, NG in "R" position>>GO TO 5. NG in both "M" and "R" positions>>GO TO 8.
M
SAT638A
Revision: October 2006
AT-191
SAT493G
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 2. Check the following items: Reverse brake. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check the line pressure with the engine idling. Refer to AT-55, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 7. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 8.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SAT494G
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check the following items: Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check the following items: Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" . Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-192
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
9. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 13.
AT
D
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
E
G
Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
G
11. CHECK SYMPTOM H Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
I
NG >> GO TO 12.
12. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
J
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness K connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
M
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-193
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In "D" Position
SYMPTOM: Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting "D" position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
ECS00B2M
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate accelerator pedal position sensor, CAN communication line, PNP switch?
YES NO
>> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-126, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" , AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable.
G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF.
LCIA0345E
4. CHECK STALL TEST
Check stall revolution with selector lever in "D" position. Refer to AT54, "STALL TEST" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 7.
Revision: October 2006
AT-194
SAT638A
SAT493G
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE A
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in "D" position. Refer to AT-55, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
B
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7.
AT
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
D
SAT494G
E
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
F
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" .
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA- I TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
J
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
M 1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 12.
SCIA5199E
Revision: October 2006
AT-195
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-58, "Check at Idle" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11.
11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on cruise test - Part 1.
ECS00B2N
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps in "R" position. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Refer to AT-191, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In "R" Position" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" . Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. NO >> GO TO 3.
Revision: October 2006
AT-196
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
3. CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION (APP) SENSOR A
Check accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. Refer to AT-126, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR"
OK or NG
B
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
AT
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Refill ATF.
E
5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-55, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7.
F
SAT638A
G H I J
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SAT494G
K
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA- L TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
M
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-197
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check the following items: Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" . Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . 2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 12.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.23).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 2" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11.
11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-198
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.23).
OK or NG
B
OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 D2
SYMPTOM:
AT
ECS00B2O
The vehicle does not shift-up from the D1 to D2 gear at the specified speed. D
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM E Check if vehicle creeps forward in "D" position" and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
F
NG >> Refer to AT-194, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In "D" Position" , AT-196, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
G
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" . Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 5, direct clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal H
position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-169, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" ,
AT-149, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-126, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE I
POSITION SENSOR" , AT-113, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION
SENSOR)" , AT-134, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
NO >> GO TO 3.
J
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
L
M
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-55, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.
SAT638A
Revision: October 2006
AT-199
SAT494G
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check the following items: Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check the following items: Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" . Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . 2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 11.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.10).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 2" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10.
Revision: October 2006
AT-200
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION A
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness B connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
AT
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
D
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.10).
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 D3
SYMPTOM:
F
ECS00B2P
The vehicle does not shift-up from D2 to D3 gear at the specified speed.
G
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
H
Check if vehicle creeps forward in "D" position" and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
NG >> Refer to AT-194, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In "D" Position" , AT-196, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
J
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" . K
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve,
accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor
MTR? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-171, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" , L
AT-153, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-126, "DTC
P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-113, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-134, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF.
Revision: October 2006
AT-201
SAT638A
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-55, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SAT494G
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check the following items: Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check the following items: Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" . Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 11.
SCIA5199E
Revision: October 2006
AT-202
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.11).
OK or NG
B
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. CHECK SYMPTOM
AT
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
D
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10. E
10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Val- F ues" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
G
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, I "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.11).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
J
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 D4
SYMPTOM:
ECS00B2Q
K
G The vehicle does not shift-up from the D3 to D4 gear at the specified speed.
G The vehicle does not shift-up from the D3 to D4 gear unless A/T is warmed up.
L
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM M
Check if vehicle creeps forward in "D" position" and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Refer to AT-194, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In "D" Position" , AT-196, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 3, front brake solenoid valve, input clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR?
YES
>> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-165, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-167, "DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3" , AT-141, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-145, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-126, "DTC
Revision: October 2006
AT-203
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-113, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-134, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" . NO >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF.
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-55, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.
SAT638A
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SAT494G
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check the following items: Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check the following items: Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" . Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-204
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11.
AT
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
E
G
Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
G
9. CHECK SYMPTOM H Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-61, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
I
NG >> GO TO 10.
10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
J
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness K connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
L
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
M
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-205
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D4 D5
SYMPTOM: G The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear at the specified speed. G The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear unless A/T is warmed up.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
ECS00B2R
Check if vehicle creeps forward in "D" position" and vehicle can be started from D1. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Refer to AT-194, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In "D" Position" , AT-196, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started From D1" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 5, front brake solenoid valve, direct clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal position sensor, turbine revolution sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR?
YES NO
>> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-165, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-169, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" , AT-145, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-149, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-126, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-111, "DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-113, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-134, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF.
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-55, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.
Revision: October 2006
AT-206
SAT638A
SAT494G
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
B
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
AT
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. D
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA- E TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
F
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
I
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 11.
K
L
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
M
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10.
Revision: October 2006
AT-207
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
ECS00B2S
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine revolution sensor, accelerator pedal position sensor, CAN communication?
YES NO
>> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-120, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-118, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-111, "DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-126, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Refill ATF.
SAT638A
Revision: October 2006
AT-208
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE A
Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-55, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
B
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 4.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 5.
AT
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
D
SAT494G
E
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
F
3. Check the following items:
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" .
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-252, "CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLA- I TION" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following items:
J
Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-303, "Oil Pump" .
Power train system. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Transmission case. Refer to AT-285, "DISASSEMBLY" .
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
6. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
M 1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 10.
SCIA5199E
Revision: October 2006
AT-209
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 9.
9. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition
SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be maintained for more than 30 seconds.
ECS00B2T
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine revolution sensor, CAN communication?
YES NO
>> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-120, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-118, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-111, "DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-210
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL A
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
B
NG >> Refill ATF.
AT
D
3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
SAT638A
E
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition Check" .
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 7.
G
H
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
I
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, J "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
L
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
M
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-211
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Lock-up Is Not Released
SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be cancelled even after releasing the accelerator pedal.
ECS00B2U
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine revolution sensor, CAN communication?
YES NO
>> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-120, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-118, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-111, "DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-99, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3.
3. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-212
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle
SYMPTOM:
ECS00B2V
A
When a shift-down is performed, the engine speed does not smoothly return to the idling speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
B
1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
AT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refill ATF.
D
E
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
SAT638A
F
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
G
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate front brake solenoid valve, direct clutch solenoid valve, ATF pressure
switch 1, ATF pressure switch 5, accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sen-
sor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR?
H
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-145, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-149, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-165, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-169, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" , AT-126, "DTC I P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-113, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-134, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
NO >> GO TO 3. J
3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
K
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.
M
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.72).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-213
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 1" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6.
6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.72).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode (Column Shift)
SYMPTOM:
Does not change to manual mode when manual shift gate is used.
ECS00B2W
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-161, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate turbine revolution sensor?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-111, "DTC P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" .
NO >> INSPECTION END
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Floor Shift Models)
SYMPTOM:
When shifted from D5 to 44 position, does not downshift from 5th to 4th gears.
ECS00B2X
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-165, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-214
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
2. CHECK 4TH POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out "OD CONT SW" switch moving selector lever to each position.
Monitor item OD CONT SW
Condition
Display value
When setting the selector lever to "4" and "3" posi- ON tions.
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine)
2. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector terminal and ground.
Item
Connector No. Terminal No.
Condition
4th position switch
M203
1 - Ground
When setting the selector lever to "4" and "3" positions.
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Data (Approx.)
0V
Battery voltage
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF.
A B AT D
LCIA0339E
E F G H I
LCIA0340E
J K L M
SAT638A
Revision: October 2006
AT-215
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable. G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
LCIA0345E
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8.
8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-216
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG
B
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear 4th gear (Column Shift Models)
SYMPTOM:
AT
ECS00CCO
When shifted from 5M to 4M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 5th to 4th gear. D
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS E Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION F SWITCH" , AT-165, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
G
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF. I
3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE
Check the control linkage. G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .
J
SAT638A
K
L
M
4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-161, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
LCIA0345E
Revision: October 2006
AT-217
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . 2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-218
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Floor Shift Models)
SYMPTOM: When shifted from 44 to 33 position, does not downshift from 4th to 3rd gears.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
ECS00B2Y
A
B
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
AT
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 3?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-165, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-167, "DTC P1843 ATF PRES- D SURE SWITCH 3" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
E
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
G
3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable. G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
H
SAT638A
I
J
K
L
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
LCIA0345E
M
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 8.
Revision: October 2006
AT-219
SCIA5199E
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7.
7. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-220
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear 3rd gear (Column Shift Models)
SYMPTOM:
ECS00CCP
A
When shifted from 4M to 3M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 4th to 3rd gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
B
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
AT
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 3?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-165, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-167, "DTC P1843 ATF PRES- D SURE SWITCH 3" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
E
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
G
3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE
Check the control linkage. G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .
4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-161, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
SAT638A
I
J
K
L
LCIA0345E
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-221
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . 2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-222
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Floor Shift Models)
SYMPTOM: When shifted from 33 to 22 position, does not downshift from 3rd to 2nd gears.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
ECS00B2Z
A
B
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
AT
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 6?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-171, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" .
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL E
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
F
NG >> Refill ATF.
G
3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable. G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
H
SAT638A
I
J
K
L
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
LCIA0345E
M
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 8.
Revision: October 2006
AT-223
SCIA5199E
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7.
7. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-224
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear 2nd gear (Column Shift Models)
SYMPTOM:
ECS00CCQ
A
When shifted from 3M to 2M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 3rd to 2nd gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
B
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
AT
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 6?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-171, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" .
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL E
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
F
NG >> Refill ATF.
G
3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE
Check the control linkage. G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .
4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-161, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
SAT638A
I
J
K
L
LCIA0345E
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-225
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . 2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-226
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Floor Shift Models)
SYMPTOM: When shifted from 22 to 11 position, does not downshift from 2nd to 1st gears.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
ECS00B30
A
B
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
AT
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 5?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-169, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" .
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT E
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for
F
"A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out "OVERDRIVE SW" switch moving selector lever to
each position.
G
Monitor item 1 POSITION SW
Condition
Display value
When setting the selector lever to "1" position.
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
H
LCIA0339E
I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine) 2. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector terminal
and ground.
Item
Connector No. Terminal No.
Condition
1st position switch
M203
7 - Ground
When setting the selector lever to "1" position.
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Data (Approx.)
0V
Battery voltage
J
K
L
LCIA0341E
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-227
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF.
4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable. G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
SAT638A
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
LCIA0345E
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 9.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8.
Revision: October 2006
AT-228
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION A
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness B connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
AT
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
D
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-229
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear 1st gear (Column Shift Models)
SYMPTOM:
ECS00CCR
When shifted from 2M to 1M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 2nd to 1st gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-89, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" . Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 5?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-169, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Refill ATF.
3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE
Check the control linkage. G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of
A/T Position" .
SAT638A
4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH
Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-161, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
LCIA0345E
Revision: October 2006
AT-230
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
Check" .
B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.
AT
D
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
E
G
Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
G
7. CHECK SYMPTOM H Check again. Refer to AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
I
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK TCM
J
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
M G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65,
"Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-231
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake
SYMPTOM: No engine brake is applied when the gear is shifted from the 22 to 11 .
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
ECS00B31
Perform self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 5?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-169, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Select "ECU INPUT SIGNALS" in "DATA MONITOR" mode for "A/T" with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out "OVERDRIVE SW" switch moving selector lever to each position.
Monitor item 1 POSITION SW
Condition
Display value
When setting the selector lever to "1" position.
ON
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OFF
LCIA0339E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine) 2. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector terminal
and ground.
Item
Connector No. Terminal No.
Condition
1st position switch
M203
7 - Ground
When setting the selector lever to "1" position.
When setting selector lever to other positions.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Data (Approx.)
0V
Battery voltage
LCIA0341E
Revision: October 2006
AT-232
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL A
Check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
B
NG >> Refill ATF.
AT
4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check the control cable. G Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/
T Position" .
D
SAT638A
E
F
G
H
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
LCIA0345E
I
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-251, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-54, "Fluid Condition
J
Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
K
NG >> GO TO 9.
L
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
SCIA5199E
M
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.58).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-62, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8.
Revision: October 2006
AT-233
2006 Titan
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signals inspection. Refer to AT-86, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-65, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.58).
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2006
AT-234
2006 Titan
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM Control Device Removal and Installation
Floor shift models
PFP:34901
A
ECS00B32
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
1. Selector lever knob 4. Position lamp
2. A/T console finisher 5. A/T selector control cable
M
LCIA0348E
3. Control device assembly 6. Lock plate
Revision: October 2006
AT-235
2006 Titan
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
Column shift models
1. Column shift control
2. Shift cable
3. A/T cable lock plate clip
REMOVAL Floor shift 1. Remove negative battery terminal. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation" 2. Remove A/T finisher. Refer to IP-13, "A/T FINISHER" . 3. Disconnect A/T device harness connector. 4. Disconnect selector control cable. 5. Remove control device assembly.
Column shift 1. Remove the column shift control. Refer to PS-9, "STEERING COLUMN" .
2. Remove the A/T cable clip lock plate and remove the cable from column shifter pin.
LCIA0346E
LCIA0343E
INSTALLATION Installation is in reverse order of removal. G After installation is completed, be sure to check A/T position. Refer to AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" .
Adjust if necessary. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-236
2006 Titan
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
Adjustment of A/T Position
1. Loosen nut of control cable. 2. Place PNP switch and selector lever in "P" position. 3. After pushing the control cable in the direction shown with a
force of 9.8 N·m (1kg-m, 2.2 lb-ft), release it. This is in the natural state, tighten control cable nut to specifications.
Control cable nut : 14.5 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)
Checking of A/T Position
NOTE: Following procedure will cover both column and floor shift selector levers. 1. Place selector lever in "P" position, and turn ignition switch ON
(engine stop). 2. Make sure selector lever can be shifted to other than "P" posi-
tion when brake pedal is depressed. Also make sure selector lever can be shifted from "P" position only when brake pedal is depressed. 3. Move the selector lever and check for excessive effort, sticking, noise or rattle. 4. Confirm the selector lever stops at each position with the feel of engagement when it is moved through all the positions. Check whether or not the actual position the selector lever is in matches the position shown by the shift position indicator and the transmission body. 5. The method of operating the lever to individual positions correctly should be as shown in the figure. 6. Confirm the back-up lamps illuminate only when lever is placed in the "R" position. Confirm the back-up lamps does not illuminate when selector lever is pushed against "R" position in the "P" or "N" position. 7. Confirm the engine can only be started with the selector lever in the "P" and "N" positions. 8. Make sure transmission is locked completely in "P" position.
ECS00B33
A
B
AT
D
LCIA0345E
ECS00B34
E
F
G
H
LCIA0325E
I
J
K
L
LCIA0347E
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-237
2006 Titan
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
PFP:34950
Description
FLOOR SHIFT
ECS00B35
G The electrical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock: With the ignition switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from "P" (parking) to any other position unless the brake pedal is depressed. With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from "P" to any other position. The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in "P".
G The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder, respectively.
COLUMN SHIFT
G The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock: With the ignition switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from "P" (parking) to any other position unless the brake pedal is depressed. With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from "P" to any other position. The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in "P".
G The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder.
Revision: October 2006
AT-238
2006 Titan
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location
FLOOR SHIFT
COLUMN SHIFT
ECS00B36
A B AT D E F G H I
LCIA0326E
J K L M
LCIA0344E
Revision: October 2006
AT-239
2006 Titan
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram -- AT -- SHIFT
FLOOR SHIFT
ECS00B37
Revision: October 2006
AT-240
BCWA0517E
2006 Titan
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
COLUMN SHIFT
A B AT D E F G H I J K L M
Revision: October 2006
AT-241
BCWA0338E
2006 Titan
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Shift Lock Control Unit Reference Values
SHIFT LOCK HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS LAYOUT
ECS00B38
WCIA0550E
SHIFT LOCK CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION TABLE
Data are reference values.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
VOLTAGE (V)
1
Y/R Power source
Ignition switch: "ON" Ignition switch: "OFF"
Battery voltage Battery voltage
2
L/R
Detention switch (for key)
When selector lever is not in "P" position with key inserted. Except the above
Battery voltage Approx. 0V
3
GR
Detention switch (for shift)
When selector lever is not in "P" position Except the above
Battery voltage Approx. 0V
When brake pedal is depressed
4
R/G Stop lamp switch
When brake pedal is released
Battery voltage Approx. 0V
5
W/R
Vehicle speed signal
--
--
6
G/R Ignition signal
Ignition switch: "OFF" Ignition switch: "ON"
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
When brake pedal is depressed with ignition switch "ON".
7
R/W Shift lock solenoid
When brake pedal is depressed.
Approx. 0V Battery voltage
8
B Ground
Always
Approx. 0V
9
G/W Key lock solenoid
When the selector lever is set to a position other than the "P" position, and the key switch is turned from "ON" to "OFF"
Battery voltage for approx. 0.1 sec. (Note)
Except the above
Approx. 0V
Battery voltage for
10
W/G Key unlock solenoid When ignition switch is not in "ON" position with key inserted.
approx. 0.1 sec. (Note)
Except the above
Approx. 0V
NOTE: Confirm that the pointer swings only momentarily because the output time is so short. If the inspection is done with an oscilloscope, it should be observed that the power source voltage lasts for 3.5 to 10 ms.
Revision: October 2006
AT-242
2006 Titan
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
COLUMN SHIFT
ECS00B39
A
SYMPTOM 1:
G Selector lever cannot be moved from "P" position with key in ON position and brake pedal
applied.
B
G Selector lever can be moved from "P" position with key in ON position and brake pedal released.
G Selector lever can be moved from "P" position when key is removed from key cylinder.
SYMPTOM 2:
AT
G Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to "P" position.
G Ignition key can be removed when selector lever is set to any position except "P".
D
1. CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION
Check the selector lever position for damage. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check selector lever. Refer to AT-237, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .
2. CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID AND PARK POSITION SWITCH
1. Connect A/T device harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch "ON". 3. Selector lever is set in "P" position. 4. Check operation sound.
Condition
Brake pedal
When ignition switch is turned to "ON" position and selector lever is set in "P" position.
Depressed Released
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE
Operation sound Yes No
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.) 2. Selector lever is set in "P" position. 3. Check the voltage between A/T device connector M68 terminal
3 and ground.
Condition
When ignition switch is turned to "ON" position.
OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 4.
Brake pedal Depressed Released
Data (Approx.) Battery voltage
0V
E F G H I J K L M
SCIA5657E
Revision: October 2006
AT-243
2006 Titan
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF". 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. 3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 3 and 4.
Condition
Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed
Yes
When brake pedal is released
No
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal -- refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. G Harness for short or open between fuse block (J/B) and stop lamp switch terminal 4. G Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch terminal 3 and A/T device terminal 3. G 10A fuse [No.12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] G Ignition switch. Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" . OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK A/T DEVICE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF". 2. Disconnect A/T device connector. 3. Check continuity between A/T device terminal 1 and terminal 3.
Condition
Continuity
Selector lever in "P" position
No
Selector lever in other position
Yes
4. Connect A/T device connector. OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace shift lock solenoid or park position switch.
7. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF". 2. Disconnect A/T device connector. 3. Check continuity between A/T device connector M68 terminal 1
(B) and ground.
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG OK >> Replace shift lock solenoid or park position switch. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
WCIA0247E
WCIA0248E SCIA5656E
Revision: October 2006
AT-244
2006 Titan
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Component Inspection
FLOOR SHIFT Shift Lock Solenoid G Check operation by applying battery voltage to A/T device termi-
nal 9 and ground to terminal 10. CAUTION: Be sure to apply the voltage of the correct polarity to the respective terminals. Otherwise, the part may be damaged.
Terminal No.
9 (Battery voltage) - 10 (Ground)
DETENTION SWITCH For Key G Check continuity between terminals of the A/T device.
Condition
Terminal No.
Continuity
When selector lever is "P" position.
No
When selector lever is not "P" position.
5 - 6
Yes
For Shift G Check continuity between terminals of the A/T device.
Condition
Terminal No.
Continuity
When selector lever is "P" position.
No
When selector lever is not "P" position.
3 - 4
Yes
KEY LOCK SOLENOID Key Lock G Check operation by applying battery voltage to key switch and
key lock solenoid terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2. CAUTION: Be careful not to cause burnout of the harness.
Terminal No.
1 (Battery voltage) - 2 (Ground)
Revision: October 2006
AT-245
ECS00B3A
A
B
AT
D
LCIA0328E
E
F
G H
LIIA1599E
I
J
K
L
WCIA0401E
M
WCIA0240E
2006 Titan
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Key Unlock G Check operation by applying battery voltage to key switch and
key lock solenoid. CAUTION: Be careful not to cause burnout of the harness.
Terminal No. 2 (Battery voltage) - 1 (Ground)
KEY SWITCH
G Check continuity between terminals of the key switch and key lock solenoid.
Condition
Terminal No.
Continuity
Key inserted Key withdrawn
Yes 3 - 4
No
STOP LAMP SWITCH G Check continuity between terminals of the stop lamp switch.
Condition
Terminal No.
Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed When brake pedal is released
Yes 1 - 2
No
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal.
WCIA0241E SCIA5662E WCIA0671E
Revision: October 2006
AT-246
2006 Titan
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE Components
PFP:34908
A
ECS00B3B
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
LCIA0349E
CAUTION:
J
G Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or inter-
ference with adjacent parts.
G
After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are firmly secured in their positions. If casing cap can be removed with an external load of less than
K
39.2 N (4.0 kg, 8.8 lb), replace key interlock cable with new one.
Removal
1. Unlock slider from adjuster holder and remove rod from cable.
ECS00B3C
L
M
LCIA0350E
Revision: October 2006
AT-247
2006 Titan
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
2. Remove casing cap from bracket.
3. Disconnect the holder from the key cylinder and remove the key interlock cable.
Installation
1. Set key interlock cable to key cylinder and install holder. 2. Set selector lever to P position. 3. Turn key to lock position.
4. Insert key interlock rod into adjuster holder. 5. Install casing cap to bracket. 6. Move slider in order to lock adjuster holder to interlock rod.
CAUTION: G Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be
damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with adjacent parts. G After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are firmly secured in their positions. If casing cap can be removed with an external load of less than 39.2 N (4.0 kg, 8.8 lb), replace key interlock cable with new one.
Revision: October 2006
AT-248
LCIA0356E
LCIA0351E ECS00B3D
LCIA0351E
LCIA0356E
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE Oil Pan
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal 1. Drain A/T fluid. Refer to AT-12, "Changing A/T Fluid" . 2. Remove oil pan and gasket.
PFP:00000
A
ECS00EQM
B
AT
D
E
SCIA2308E
3. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine cause of malfunction. If the A/T fluid is very dark, has F
some burned smell, or contains foreign particles, friction material (clutches, band) may need replacement.
A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and
clutches to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
G
CAUTION:
If friction material is detected, flush the transmission cooler after repair. Refer to AT-14, "A/T Fluid
Cooler Cleaning" .
H
4. Remove magnets from oil pan.
I
J
Installation 1. Install the oil pan magnets as shown.
K
SCIA5200E
L
M
SCIA5200E
Revision: October 2006
AT-249
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
2. Install the oil pan and new oil pan gasket. CAUTION: G Do not reuse the oil pan gasket. G Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket from the oil pan gasket mating surfaces and holes. G Always replace the oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing. G Be sure the oil pan drain plug hole is located to the rear of the transmission assembly. G Partially install the oil pan bolts in a criss-cross pattern to prevent dislocation of the gasket. G Be careful not to pinch harnesses.
3. Tighten new oil pan bolts in numerical order as shown. Oil pan bolts : 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)
SCIA2308E
4. Install drain plug in oil pan with new gasket. CAUTION: Do not reuse the drain plug gasket.
Drain plug : 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)
5. Refill the transmission assembly with fluid. Refer to AT-12, "Changing A/T Fluid" .
SCIA4113E
Revision: October 2006
AT-250
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2
COMPONENTS
ECS0 0EQ N
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
1. Transmission assembly 4. Control valve with TCM 7. Oil pan gasket 10. Drain plug 13. Terminal cord assembly
2. Snap ring 5. Bracket 8. Oil pan 11. Drain plug gasket 14. O-ring
L
3. Sub-harness
SCIA5478E
M
6. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
9. Magnets
12. Oil pan bolt
Revision: October 2006
AT-251
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal 1. Disconnect negative battery terminal 2. Drain ATF through drain plug. 3. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector. 4. Remove snap ring from A/T assembly harness connector.
5. Push A/T assembly harness connector. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector.
6. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket. Refer to AT-249, "Removal" . 7. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector.
8. Straighten terminal clip to free terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness.
Revision: October 2006
AT-252
SCIA5021E SCIA5022E SCIA5023E SCIA5446E
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
9. Disconnect revolution sensor connector. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector.
10. Straighten terminal clips to free revolution sensor harness.
11. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve with TCM.
Bolt symbol A B C
Length mm (in) 42 (1.65) 55 (2.17) 40 (1.57)
Number of bolts 5 6 1
12. Remove control valve with TCM from transmission case.
CAUTION: Be careful with the manual valve notch and manual plate height. Remove it vertically.
13. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from control valve with TCM.
Revision: October 2006
AT-253
A
B
AT
SCIA5024E
D
E
F
G
SCIA7022E
H
I J
SCIA5139E
K
L
M
SCIA5142E
SCIA5301E
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
14. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.
15. Remove O-ring from A/T assembly harness connector.
16. Disconnect TCM connectors. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connectors.
17. Remove A/T assembly harness connector from control valve with TCM using suitable tool.
18. Disconnect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch connector
CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connectors.
Revision: October 2006
AT-254
SCIA5264E SCIA5155E SCIA5447E SCIA5448E SCIA5449E
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Installation 1. Connect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch con-
nector.
2. Install A/T assembly harness connector to control valve with TCM.
3. Connect TCM connector.
4. Install new O-ring in A/T assembly harness connector. NOTE: G Do not reuse O-ring. G Apply ATF to O-ring.
A B AT D
SCIA5449E
E F G
SCIA5450E
H I J K
SCIA5447E
L M
SCIA5155E
Revision: October 2006
AT-255
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
5. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.
6. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control valve with TCM. Tighten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" . CAUTION: Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with TCM.
7. Install control valve with TCM in transmission case. CAUTION: G Make sure that turbine revolution sensor securely installs turbine revolution sensor hole. G Hang down revolution sensor harness toward outside so as not to disturb installation of control valve with TCM. G Adjust A/T assembly harness connector of control valve with TCM to terminal hole of transmission case.
G Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with manual plate projection.
Revision: October 2006
AT-256
SCIA5264E SCIA5301E SCIA5034E SCIA5142E
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
8. Install bolts A, B and C in control valve with TCM.
Bolt symbol A B C
Length mm (in) 42 (1.65) 55 (2.17) 40 (1.57)
Number of bolts 5 6 1
9. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. Then tighten them in order (1 2 3), and then tighten other bolts.
10. Tighten control valve with TCM bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
11. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
12. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness with terminal clips.
A B AT
SCIA5139E
D E F G
SCIA5140E
H I J K
SCIA5023E
L M
SCIA5446E
Revision: October 2006
AT-257
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
13. Connect revolution sensor connector.
14. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with terminal clips.
15. Install oil pan to transmission case. Refer to AT-249, "Installation" . 16. Pull up A/T assembly harness connector.
CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector.
17. Install snap ring to A/T assembly harness connector. 18. Connect A/T assembly harness connector. 19. Pour ATF into transmission assembly. Refer to AT-12, "Chang-
ing A/T Fluid" . 20. Connect the negative battery terminal CAUTION: After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "A/T FLUID" .
SCIA5024E SCIA7022E SCIA5038E SCIA5039E
Revision: October 2006
AT-258
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal 1. Disconnect negative battery terminal 2. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket. Refer to AT-249, "Removal" . 3. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector.
4. Straighten terminal clip to free A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness.
5. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from control valve with TCM.
6. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.
A
B
AT
D
E
SCIA5023E
F
G
H
SCIA5146E
I
J
K
L
SCIA5253E
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-259
SCIA5264E
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Installation 1. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.
2. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control valve with TCM. Tighten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" . CAUTION: Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with TCM.
3. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
SCIA5264E SCIA5253E
4. Securely fasten A/T temperature sensor 2 harness with terminal clip.
SCIA5023E
SCIA5146E
5. Install oil pan to transmission case. Refer to AT-249, "Installation" . 6. Connect the negative battery terminal CAUTION: After completing installation, check for A/T fluid leakage and fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "A/T FLUID" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-260
2006 Titan
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Rear Oil Seal
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal 1. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-9, "REMOVAL" . 2. Remove transfer from transmission (4WD models). Refer to TF-
95, "REMOVAL" . 3. Remove rear oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models).
Installation
1. Install new rear oil seal until it is flush with component face into the extension case (2WD models) using Tool, or adapter case (4WD models) using suitable tool.
Tool number
: ST33400001 (J-26082)
CAUTION: G Apply ATF to rear oil seal.
G Do not reuse rear oil seal.
2. Install transfer to transmission (4WD models). Refer to TF-95, "INSTALLATION" .
3. Install rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-10, "INSTALLATION" .
CAUTION: After completing installation, check for A/T fluid leakage and fluid level. Refer to AT-12, "A/T FLUID" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-261
ECS00EQO
A B AT D E F G H
SCIA5254E
I J K L M
SCIA5583E
2006 Titan
AIR BREATHER HOSE
AIR BREATHER HOSE Removal and Installation
2WD
PFP:31098
ECS00EP4
LCIA0331E
CAUTION: G When installing an air breather hose, do not crush or block by folding or bending the hose.
G When inserting a hose to the transmission tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the tube bend portion.
Revision: October 2006
AT-262
2006 Titan
AIR BREATHER HOSE
4WD
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
LCIA0332E
I
CAUTION:
G When installing an air breather hose, do not crush or block by folding or bending the hose.
G When inserting a hose to the transmission tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the J
tube bend portion.
K
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-263
2006 Titan
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY Removal and Installation (2WD)
COMPONENTS
PFP:31020
ECS00EQP
1. A/T fluid indicator pipe 4. Transmission assembly 7. Insulator
2. A/T fluid indicator 5. Fluid cooler tube 8. Copper washers
3. O-ring 6. A/T cross member
WCIA0566E
REMOVAL CAUTION: When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from the A/T assembly. Be careful not to damage sensor edge. 1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. 2. Remove engine cover. 3. Remove A/T fluid indicator gauge. 4. Remove undercovers using power tool. 5. Remove exhaust front tube and center muffler using power tool. Refer to EX-4, "REMOVAL" . 6. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-9, "REMOVAL" . 7. Remove A/T control cable. Refer to AT-236, "REMOVAL" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-264
2006 Titan
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
8. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from A/T assembly. CAUTION: G Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it. G Do not disassemble. G Do not allow metal filings or foreign material to get on the sensor front edge magnetic area. G Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.
9. Remove fluid cooler tube. 10. Remove dust cover from converter housing.
11. Turn crankshaft to access and remove the four bolts for drive plate and torque converter. CAUTION: When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine.
12. Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack. CAUTION: When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug.
13. Remove cross member using power tool. 14. Remove air breather hose. Refer to AT-262, "Removal and
Installation" . 15. Disconnect A/T assembly connector. 16. Remove A/T fluid indicator pipe from A/T assembly. 17. Plug any openings such as the A/T fluid indicator pipe hole. 18. Remove the A/T assembly to engine bolts using power tool. 19. Remove A/T assembly from vehicle using transmission jack.
CAUTION: G Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping. G Secure A/T assembly to a transmission jack.
INSPECTION Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter G After inserting a torque converter to a transmission, be sure to
check dimension A to ensure it is within specifications. Dimension A : 24.0 mm (0.94 in) or more
Revision: October 2006
AT-265
A
B
AT
LCIA0334E
D
E
F
G
LCIA0335E
H
I J
K
L
SCIA0499E
M
SAT017B
2006 Titan
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
INSTALLATION
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of the removal, while paying attention to the following: G When installing transmission to the engine, attach the bolts as shown.
Transmission to engine bolts : 113 N·m (12 kg-m, 83 ft-lb)
NOTE: *: No.2 bolt also secures air breather vent.
CAUTION: G When replacing an engine or transmission you must
make sure the dowels are installed correctly during reassembly.
G Improper alignment caused by missing dowels may cause vibration, oil leaks or breakage of drivetrain components.
LCIA0371E
G Align the positions of bolts for drive plate with those of the torque converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then tighten the bolts with the specified torque.
CAUTION: G When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine.
G After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft several turns and check to be sure that transmission rotates freely without binding.
G Install crankshaft position sensor (POS).
G After completing installation check fluid leakage, fluid level and
LCIA0335E
the positions of A/T. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" , AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" and AT-
237, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-266
2006 Titan
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation (4WD)
COMPONENTS
ECS00EQQ
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WCIA0567E
1. A/T fluid indicator pipe
2. A/T fluid indicator
3. O-ring
K
4. Transmission assembly
5. Fluid cooler tube
6. Copper washer
7. A/T cross member
8. Insulator
REMOVAL
L
CAUTION:
When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from
the A/T assembly.
M
Be careful not to damage sensor edge.
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
2. Remove engine cover using power tool.
3. Remove A/T fluid indicator.
4. Remove undercovers using power tool.
5. Remove exhaust front tube and center muffler using power tool. Refer to EX-4, "REMOVAL" .
6. Remove propeller shafts. Refer to PR-5, "REMOVAL" and PR-9, "REMOVAL" .
7. Remove A/T control cable. Refer to AT-236, "REMOVAL" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-267
2006 Titan
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
8. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from A/T assembly. CAUTION: G Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it. G Do not disassemble. G Do not allow metal filings or foreign material to get on the sensor's front edge magnetic area. G Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.
9. Disconnect A/T fluid cooler tube from A/T assembly. 10. Remove dust cover from converter housing.
11. Turn crankshaft, and remove the four bolts for drive plate and torque converter. CAUTION: When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine.
12. Support A/T assembly using transmission jack and Tool. Tool number : -- (J-47002)
CAUTION: When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug. NOTE: The actual special service tool may differ from tool shown. 13. Remove cross member using power tool. 14. Tilt the transmission slightly to keep the clearance between body and transmission, then disconnect air breather hose from A/T fluid indicator pipe. Refer to AT-264, "REMOVAL" . 15. Disconnect A/T assembly connector and transfer unit connector. 16. Remove A/T fluid indicator pipe. 17. Plug any openings such as the fluid charging pipe hole. 18. Remove A/T assembly to engine bolts using power tool. 19. Remove A/T assembly with transfer from vehicle. CAUTION: G Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping. G Secure A/T assembly to transmission jack. 20. Remove transfer from A/T assembly. Refer to TF-95, "REMOVAL" .
LCIA0334E LCIA0335E SCIA2203E
Revision: October 2006
AT-268
2006 Titan
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
INSPECTION Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter G After inserting a torque converter to a transmission, be sure to
check dimension A to ensure it is within specifications. Dimension A : 24.0 mm (0.94 in) or more
A B AT D
SAT017B
E F G H I J K L M
Revision: October 2006
AT-269
2006 Titan
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
INSTALLATION
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal, while paying attention to the following: G When installing transmission to the engine, attach the bolts as shown.
Transmission to engine bolts : 113 N·m (12 kg-m, 83 ft-lb)
NOTE: *: No.2 bolt also secures air breather vent.
CAUTION: G When replacing an engine or transmission you must
make sure the dowels are installed correctly during reassembly.
G Improper alignment caused by missing dowels may cause vibration, oil leaks or breakage of drivetrain components.
LCIA0371E
G Align the positions of bolts for drive plate with those of the torque converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then tighten the bolts with the specified torque.
CAUTION: G When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of the engine.
G After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft several turns and check to be sure that transmission rotates freely without binding.
G Install crankshaft position sensor (POS).
G After completing installation, check fluid leakage, fluid level, and
LCIA0335E
the positions of A/T. Refer to AT-12, "Checking A/T Fluid" , AT-237, "Checking of A/T Position" and AT-
237, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .
Revision: October 2006
AT-270
2006 Titan
OVERHAUL Components
OVERHAUL
PFP:00000
A
ECS0 0EQ R
B AT
D E F G H I J K L M
Revision: October 2006
AT-271
SCIA5180E
2006 Titan
1. O-ring 4. Oil pump housing 7. Converter housing 10. Needle bearing 13. Needle bearing 16. 3rd one-way clutch 19. Needle bearing 22. Needle bearing 25. Mid carrier assembly 28. Rear carrier assembly 31. Seal ring 34. Snap ring 37. Snap ring
OVERHAUL
2. Oil pump cover 5. Self-sealing bolt 8. Oil pump housing oil seal 11. O-ring 14. Snap ring 17. Snap ring 20. Seal ring 23. Rear internal gear 26. Needle bearing 29. Needle bearing 32. Rear sun gear 35. Needle bearing 38. Bearing race
3. O-ring 6. Torque converter 9. Bearing race 12. Front carrier assembly 15. Front sun gear 18. Bearing race 21. Input clutch assembly 24. Brake band 27. Bearing race 30. Mid sun gear 33. 1st one-way clutch 36. High and low reverse clutch hub 39. Needle bearing
Revision: October 2006
AT-272
2006 Titan
OVERHAUL
A B AT D E F G H I J K L M
1. Bearing race 4. Direct clutch assembly
Revision: October 2006
SCIA5181E
2. High and low reverse clutch assem- 3. Needle bearing bly
5. Needle bearing
6. Reverse brake dish plate
AT-273
2006 Titan
7. Reverse brake driven plate 10. Reverse brake retaining plate 13. Spring retainer 16. D-ring
OVERHAUL
8. N-spring 11. Reverse brake drive plate 14. Return spring 17. D-ring
9. Snap ring 12. Snap ring 15. Reverse brake piston
Revision: October 2006
AT-274
2006 Titan
OVERHAUL
2WD models A B
AT D E F G H I J K L M
1. Rear oil seal 4. Rear extension
Revision: October 2006
2. Bracket 5. Parking actuator support
AT-275
3. Bracket 6. Parking pawl
WCIA0564E
2006 Titan
7. Return spring 10. Bracket 13. Revolution sensor 16. Bearing race 19. Parking rod 22. O-ring 25. Spacer 28. O-ring 31. Snap ring 34. Bracket 37. Magnets 40. Oil pan bolt 43. O-ring
OVERHAUL
8. Pawl shaft 11. Seal ring 14. Parking gear 17. Needle bearing 20. Manual shaft oil seal 23. Band servo anchor end pin 26. Seal rings 29. Servo assembly 32. Sub-harness 35. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 38. Drain plug 41. Oil pan gasket 44. Retaining pin
9. Self-sealing bolt 12. Needle bearing 15. Output shaft 18. Manual plate 21. Manual shaft 24. Detent spring 27. Return spring 30. Snap ring 33. Control valve with TCM 36. Oil pan 39. Drain plug gasket 42. Terminal cord assembly 45. Transmission case
Revision: October 2006
AT-276
2006 Titan
OVERHAUL
4WD models A B
AT D E F G H I J K L M
1. Rear oil seal 4. Parking actuator support
Revision: October 2006
2. Bracket 5. Parking pawl
AT-277
3. Adapter case 6. Return spring
WCIA0565E
2006 Titan
7. Pawl shaft 10. Seal ring 13. Revolution sensor 16. Bearing race 19. Parking rod 22. O-ring 25. Spacer 28. O-ring 31. Snap ring 34. Bracket 37. Magnets 40. Oil pan bolt 43. O-ring
OVERHAUL
8. Bracket 11. Needle bearing 14. Parking gear 17. Needle bearing 20. Manual shaft oil seal 23. Band servo anchor end pin 26. Seal rings 29. Servo assembly 32. Sub-harness 35. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 38. Drain plug 41. Oil pan gasket 44. Retaining pin
9. Self-sealing bolt 12. Gasket 15. Output shaft 18. Manual plate 21. Manual shaft 24. Detent spring 27. Return spring 30. Snap ring 33. Control valve with TCM 36. Oil pan 39. Drain plug gasket 42. Terminal cord assembly 45. Transmission case
Revision: October 2006
AT-278
2006 Titan
Oil Channel
OVERHAUL
2WD models
ECS0 0 EQ S
A B AT D E F G H I J K L M
Revision: October 2006
AT-279
SCIA5185E
2006 Titan
OVERHAUL
4WD models
Revision: October 2006
AT-280
SCIA5189E
2006 Titan
OVERHAUL
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap
Rings
A
ECS00EQT
2WD models
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-281
WCIA0560E
2006 Titan
OVERHAUL
1. Outer diameter 68 mm (2.68 in) 4. Outer diameter 71 mm (2.80 in) 7. Outer diameter 181 mm (7.13 in) 10. Outer diameter 80 mm (3.15 in) 13. Outer diameter 47 mm (1.85 in) 16. Outer diameter 92 mm (3.62 in) 19. Outer diameter 92 mm (3.62 in) 22. Outer diameter 60 mm (2.36 in)
2. Outer diameter 182 mm (7.17 in) 5. Outer diameter 169 mm (6.65 in) 8. Outer diameter 181 mm (7.13 in) 11. Outer diameter 77 mm (3.03 in) 14. Outer diameter 84 mm (3.31 in) 17. Outer diameter 60 mm (2.36 in) 20. Outer diameter 65 mm (2.56 in)
3. Outer diameter 172 mm (6.77 in) 6. Outer diameter 134 mm (5.28 in) 9. Outer diameter 48 mm (1.89 in) 12. Outer diameter 77 mm (3.03 in) 15. Outer diameter 84 mm (3.31 in) 18. Outer diameter 63 mm (2.48 in) 21. Bearing race
Revision: October 2006
AT-282
2006 Titan
OVERHAUL
4WD models A B
AT D E F G H I J K L M
1. Outer diameter 68 mm (2.68 in) 4. Outer diameter 71 mm (2.80 in)
Revision: October 2006
2. Outer diameter 182 mm (7.17 in) 5. Outer diameter 169 mm (6.65 in)
AT-283
WCIA0561E
3. Outer diameter 172 mm (6.77 in) 6. Outer diameter 134 mm (5.28 in)
2006 Titan
OVERHAUL
7. Outer diameter 181 mm (7.13 in) 10. Outer diameter 80 mm (3.15 in) 13. Outer diameter 47 mm (1.85 in) 16. Outer diameter 92 mm (3.62 in) 19. Outer diameter 92 mm (3.62 in) 22. Outer diameter 60 mm (2.36 in)
8. Outer diameter 181 mm (7.13 in) 11. Outer diameter 77 mm (3.03 in) 14. Outer diameter 84 mm (3.31 in) 17. Outer diameter 60 mm (2.36 in) 20. Outer diameter 65 mm (2.56 in)
9. Outer diameter 48 mm (1.89 in) 12. Outer diameter 77 mm (3.03 in) 15. Outer diameter 84 mm (3.31 in) 18. Outer diameter 63 mm (2.48 in) 21. Bearing race
Revision: October 2006
AT-284
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
DISASSEMBLY Disassembly
PFP:31020
A
ECS0 0EQ U
CAUTION: Do not disassemble parts behind drum support. Refer to AT-17, "Cross-Sectional View (2WD models)" B or AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View (4WD models)" .
1. Drain ATF through drain plug.
2. Remove torque converter by holding it firmly and turing while
AT
pulling straight out.
D
E
3. Check torque converter one-way clutch using check tool as shown.
a. Insert check tool into the groove of bearing support built into one-way clutch outer race.
b. While holding bearing support with check tool, rotate one- way clutch spline using suitable tool.
c. Check that inner race rotates clockwise only. If not, replace torque converter assembly.
SCIA5010E
F
G H
I
J
K
L
4. Remove converter housing from transmission case.
CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch converter housing.
M
SCIA3171E
Revision: October 2006
AT-285
SCIA5171E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
5. Remove O-ring from input clutch assembly.
6. Remove bolts for oil pump assembly and transmission case.
7. Extract oil pump assembly evenly from transmission case using Tool.
Tool number
: ST25850000 (J-25721-A)
CAUTION: G Fully tighten sliding hammer screw.
G Make sure that bearing race is installed to the oil pump assembly edge surface.
SCIA5011E SCIA2300E
8. Remove O-ring from oil pump assembly.
Revision: October 2006
AT-286
SCIA5474E
SCIA5172E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
9. Remove bearing race from oil pump assembly.
10. Remove needle bearing from front sun gear assembly.
11. Remove front sun gear assembly from front carrier assembly. NOTE: Remove front sun gear assembly by rotating left/right.
12. Remove seal rings from input clutch assembly.
13. Remove front carrier assembly, input clutch assembly and rear internal gear as a unit.
CAUTION: Be careful to remove it with needle bearing.
Revision: October 2006
AT-287
A
B
AT
SCIA5252E
D
E
F
G
SCIA2808E
H
I J
SCIA5014E
K
L
M
SCIA5269E
SCIA5173E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
14. Loosen lock nut and remove band servo anchor end pin from transmission case.
15. Remove brake band from transmission case.
G To prevent brake linings from cracking or peeling, do not stretch the flexible band unnecessarily. When removing the brake band, always secure it with a clip as shown. Leave the clip in position after removing the brake band.
G Check brake band facing for damage, cracks, wear or burns.
16. Remove mid carrier assembly and rear carrier assembly as a unit.
Revision: October 2006
AT-288
SCIA5016E SCIA5345E SAT655 SCIA5344E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
17. Remove mid carrier assembly from rear carrier assembly.
18. Remove needle bearing (front side) from mid carrier assembly.
19. Remove needle bearing (rear side) from mid carrier assembly.
20. Remove bearing race from rear carrier assembly.
21. Remove needle bearing from rear carrier assembly.
Revision: October 2006
AT-289
A
B
AT
SCIA5174E
D
E
F
G
SCIA5176E
H
I J
SCIA5177E
K
L
M
SCIA5178E
SCIA5179E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
22. Remove mid sun gear assembly, rear sun gear assembly and high and low reverse clutch hub as a unit. CAUTION: Be careful to remove them with bearing races and needle bearing.
23. Remove high and low reverse clutch assembly from direct clutch assembly. CAUTION: Make sure that needle bearing is installed to the high and low reverse clutch assembly edge surface.
24. Remove direct clutch assembly from reverse brake.
25. Remove needle bearing from drum support edge surface.
26. Remove snap ring from A/T assembly harness connector.
Revision: October 2006
AT-290
SCIA5018E SCIA2306E SCIA5019E SCIA5198E SCIA5021E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
27. Push A/T assembly harness connector. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector.
28. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket. Refer to AT-249, "Removal" . 29. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector.
30. Straighten terminal clip to free terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness.
31. Disconnect revolution sensor connector. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector.
A B AT
SCIA5022E
D E F G
SCIA5023E
H I J K
SCIA5446E
L M
SCIA5024E
Revision: October 2006
AT-291
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
32. Straighten terminal clips to free revolution sensor harness.
33. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve with TCM.
Bolt symbol A B C
Length mm (in) 42 (1.65) 55 (2.17) 40 (1.57)
Number of bolts 5 6 1
34. Remove control valve with TCM from transmission case.
CAUTION: When removing, be careful with transmission assembly terminal connector and the manual valve notch and manual plate height. Remove it vertically.
35. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from control valve with TCM.
36. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.
Revision: October 2006
AT-292
SCIA7023E SCIA5025E SCIA5308E SCIA5301E SCIA5264E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
37. Remove O-ring from A/T assembly harness connector.
38. Disconnect TCM connectors. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connectors.
39. Remove A/T assembly harness connector from control valve with TCM using suitable tool.
40. Disconnect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch connector. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connectors.
A
B
AT
SCIA5155E
D
E
F
G
SCIA5447E
H
I J
SCIA5448E
K
L
M
SCIA5449E
41. Remove rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models) according to the following procedures.
Revision: October 2006
AT-293
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
a. 2WD models G Self-sealing bolts (2)
i. Remove bolts for rear extension assembly and transmission case.
ii. Remove brackets (1).
iii. Tap rear extension assembly using suitable tool.
iv. Remove rear extension assembly with needle bearing from transmission case.
b. 4WD models G Self-sealing bolts (2)
i. Remove bolts for adapter case assembly and transmission case.
ii. Remove brackets (1).
WCIA0562E SCIA5028E SCIA5029E
Revision: October 2006
AT-294
WCIA0563E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
iii. Tap adapter case assembly using suitable tool. iv. Remove adapter case assembly with needle bearing from trans-
mission case.
v. Remove gasket from transmission case.
42. Remove bearing race from output shaft.
43. Remove output shaft from transmission case by rotating left/ right.
A B AT D
SCIA5205E
E F G
SCIA5231E
H I J K
SCIA5245E
L M
SCIA5030E
Revision: October 2006
AT-295
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
44. Remove parking gear from output shaft.
45. Remove seal rings from output shaft.
46. Remove needle bearing from transmission case.
47. Remove revolution sensor from transmission case. CAUTION: G Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it. G Be careful not to damage harness with the edge of case. G Do not allow metal filings or foreign material to get on the sensor front edge magnetic area. G Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.
48. Remove reverse brake snap ring using 2 flat-bladed screwdrivers. NOTE: Press out snap ring from the transmission case oil pan side gap using a flat-bladed screwdriver, and remove it using another screwdriver.
49. Remove reverse brake retaining plate from transmission case.
Revision: October 2006
AT-296
SCIA5247E SCIA5209E SCIA5213E SCIA2320E SCIA5032E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
50. Remove N-spring from transmission case.
51. Remove reverse brake drive plates, driven plates and dish plate from transmission case.
52. Remove snap ring from transmission case while compressing return spring, using Tool. Tool number : KV31102400 (J-34285 and J- 34285-87)
53. Remove spring retainer and return spring from transmission case.
Revision: October 2006
AT-297
A B AT
SCIA5214E
D E F G
SCIA2322E
H I J K L M
SCIA5582E
SCIA2324E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
54. Remove seal rings from drum support.
55. Remove needle bearing from drum support edge surface.
56. Remove reverse brake piston from transmission case with compressed air. Refer to AT-279, "Oil Channel" . CAUTION: Care should be taken not to abruptly blow air. It makes pistons incline, as the result, it becomes hard to disassemble the pistons.
SCIA3333E SCIA2796E
57. Remove D-rings from reverse brake piston.
Revision: October 2006
AT-298
SCIA5047E
SCIA5340E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
58. Knock out retaining pin using suitable tool.
59. Remove manual shaft retaining pin using suitable tool.
60. Remove manual plate (with parking rod) from manual shaft.
61. Remove parking rod from manual plate.
62. Remove manual shaft from transmission case.
Revision: October 2006
AT-299
A
B
AT
SCIA2328E
D
E
F
G
SCIA5218E
H
I J
SCIA5219E
K
L
M
SCIA5220E
SCIA5716E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
63. Remove manual shaft oil seals using suitable tool. CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch transmission case.
64. Remove detent spring and spacer from transmission case.
65. Remove snap ring from transmission case using suitable tool.
66. Remove servo assembly (with return spring) from transmission case.
Revision: October 2006
AT-300
SCIA5355E SCIA5248E SCIA2333E SCIA2334E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
67. Remove return spring from servo assembly.
68. Remove O-rings from servo assembly.
69. Remove parking actuator support from rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).
70. Remove parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft from rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).
71. Remove return spring (1) from parking pawl (2).
Revision: October 2006
AT-301
A
B
AT
SCIA5717E
D
E
F
G
SCIA5719E
H
I J
SCIA3423E
K
L
M
SCIA3424E
SCIA6180E
2006 Titan
DISASSEMBLY
72. Remove needle bearing from rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).
73. Remove rear oil seal from rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models) using suitable tool. CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).
SCIA5221E
SCIA5272E
Revision: October 2006
AT-302
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS Oil Pump
COMPONENTS
1. O-ring 4. Oil pump housing
2. Oil pump cover 5. Oil pump housing oil seal
DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove oil pump housing from oil pump cover.
3. O-ring
2. Remove oil pump housing oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch oil pump housing.
PFP:00000
A
ECS00EPB
B
AT
D
E
F
G
SCIA5227E
H
I J
K
SCIA5228E
L
M
SCIA2840E
Revision: October 2006
AT-303
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
3. Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.
4. Remove O-ring from oil pump cover.
SCIA2841E
ASSEMBLY 1. Install new O-ring to oil pump cover.
CAUTION: G Do not reuse O-ring. G Apply ATF to O-ring.
2. Install new O-ring to oil pump housing. CAUTION: G Do not reuse O-ring. G Apply ATF to O-ring.
SCIA5230E SCIA5230E SCIA2841E
Revision: October 2006
AT-304
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
3. Install new oil pump housing oil seal to the oil pump housing until it is flush with the face of oil pump housing using Tool. CAUTION: G Do not reuse oil seal. G Apply ATF to oil seal. Tool number : ST33400001 (J-26082)
4. Install oil pump housing in oil pump cover. Tighten oil pump housing bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-Way Clutch
COMPONENTS
1. Front sun gear
2. 3rd one-way clutch
DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove snap ring from front sun gear using suitable tool.
3. Snap ring
A
B
AT
SCIA5313E
D
E
F
G
SCIA5228E ECS00EPC
H
I J
K L
M
SCIA3114E
Revision: October 2006
AT-305
SCIA3110E
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
2. Remove 3rd one-way clutch from front sun gear.
INSPECTION 3rd One-way Clutch G Check frictional surface for wear or damage.
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the 3rd one-way clutch. Front Sun Gear Snap Ring G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the snap ring. Front Sun Gear G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the front sun gear. ASSEMBLY 1. Install 3rd one-way clutch in front sun gear. CAUTION: Apply ATF to 3rd one-way clutch.
2. Install snap ring in front sun gear using suitable tool.
SCIA3111E SCIA3111E
3. Check operation of 3rd one-way clutch. a. Hold oil pump assembly and turn front sun gear.
Revision: October 2006
AT-306
SCIA3110E
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
b. Check 3rd one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking directions. CAUTION: If not as shown, check installation direction of 3rd one-way clutch.
Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear
COMPONENTS
A B AT
SCIA3131E
D
ECS00EPD
E F G H I J K L M
Revision: October 2006
AT-307
SCIA5244E
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
1. Seal ring 4. Bearing race 7. Snap ring 10. Driven plate 13. Rear internal gear
2. O-ring 5. Front carrier assembly 8. Snap ring 11. Input clutch drum
DISASSEMBLY 1. Compress snap ring using suitable tool. 2. Remove front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly from
rear internal gear.
3. Remove front carrier assembly from input clutch assembly.
3. Needle bearing 6. Needle bearing 9. Retaining plate 12. Drive plate
a. Remove bearing race from front carrier assembly.
SCIA5661E
b. Remove needle bearing from front carrier assembly.
SCIA5232E
c. Remove snap ring from front carrier assembly.
CAUTION: Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Revision: October 2006
AT-308
SCIA5233E
SCIA5234E
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
4. Disassemble input clutch assembly. a. Remove O-ring and seal rings from input clutch assembly.
b. Remove needle bearing from input clutch assembly.
c. Remove snap ring from input clutch drum using suitable tool.
d. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from input clutch drum.
INSPECTION Front Carrier Snap Ring G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the snap ring.
Input Clutch Snap Ring G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Drum G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage or burns.
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Drive Plates G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Revision: October 2006
AT-309
A
B
AT
SCIA5235E
D
E
F
G
SCIA2853E
H
I J
SCIA2864E
K
L
M
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly.
Front Carrier Assembly G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the front carrier assembly.
Rear Internal Gear G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the rear internal gear.
ASSEMBLY 1. Install input clutch. a. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in input
clutch drum. CAUTION: Take care with order of plates.
b. Install snap ring in input clutch drum using suitable tool.
Revision: October 2006
AT-310
SCIA5237E SCIA2864E
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
c. Install needle bearing in input clutch assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
d. Install new O-ring and new seal rings in input clutch assembly. CAUTION: G Do not reuse O-ring and seal rings. G Apply ATF to O-ring. G Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
2. Install front carrier assembly. a. Install snap ring to front carrier assembly.
CAUTION: Do not expand snap ring excessively.
b. Install needle bearing in front carrier assembly. CAUTION: G Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to AT-281, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" . G Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
c. Install bearing race in front carrier assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
d. Install front carrier assembly to input clutch assembly.
Revision: October 2006
AT-311
A
B
AT
SCIA2853E
D
E
F
G
SCIA5235E
H
I J
SCIA5234E
K
L
M
SCIA5233E
SCIA5232E
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
3. Compress snap ring using suitable tool. 4. Install front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly to rear
internal gear.
Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub
COMPONENTS
SCIA5661E ECS00EPE
1. Needle bearing 4. High and low reverse clutch hub 7. 1st one-way clutch 10. Mid sun gear
2. Bearing race 5. Needle bearing 8. Rear sun gear
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove needle bearing and bearing races from high and low reverse clutch hub.
3. Snap ring 6. Snap ring 9. Seal ring
SCIA5343E
SCIA5238E
Revision: October 2006
AT-312
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
2. Remove snap ring from mid sun gear assembly using suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not expand snap ring excessively.
3. Remove high and low reverse clutch hub from mid sun gear assembly.
a. Remove needle bearing from high and low reverse clutch hub.
4. Remove rear sun gear assembly from mid sun gear assembly.
A
B
AT
SCIA2855E
D
E
F
G
SCIA2856E
H
I J
SCIA2857E
K
L
M
SCIA2858E
Revision: October 2006
AT-313
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
a. Remove snap ring from rear sun gear using suitable tool.
b. Remove 1st one-way clutch from rear sun gear.
SCIA2859E
5. Remove seal rings from mid sun gear.
SCIA4633E
INSPECTION High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub Snap Ring, Rear Sun Gear Snap Ring G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the snap ring.
1st One-way Clutch G Check frictional surface for wear or damage.
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the 1st one-way clutch.
Mid Sun Gear
G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the mid sun gear.
Rear Sun Gear G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the rear sun gear.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
Revision: October 2006
AT-314
SCIA2861E
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
CAUTION: If necessary, replace the high and low reverse clutch hub. ASSEMBLY 1. Install new seal rings to mid sun gear. CAUTION: G Do not reuse seal rings. G Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
2. Install 1st one-way clutch to rear sun gear. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to 1st one-way clutch.
3. Install snap ring to rear sun gear using suitable tool.
4. Install rear sun gear assembly to mid sun gear assembly.
A
B
AT
D
SCIA2861E
E
F
G
H
SCIA4633E
I
J
K
SCIA2859E
L
M
SCIA2858E
Revision: October 2006
AT-315
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
5. Install needle bearing to high and low reverse clutch hub. CAUTION: G Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to AT-281, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" . G Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
6. Install high and low reverse clutch hub to mid sun gear assembly.
SCIA2857E
7. Install snap ring to mid sun gear assembly using suitable tool.
CAUTION: Do not expand snap ring excessively.
8. Check operation of 1st one-way clutch. a. Hold mid sun gear and turn rear sun gear. b. Check 1st one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking
directions. CAUTION: If not as shown, check installation direction of 1st one-way clutch.
9. Install needle bearing and bearing races to high and low reverse clutch hub. CAUTION: G Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing and bearing races. G Take care with order of bearing races.
Revision: October 2006
AT-316
SCIA2856E
SCIA2855E
SCIA3132E
SCIA5238E
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
High and Low Reverse Clutch
COMPONENTS
1. High and low reverse clutch drum 4. Snap ring
2. Driven plate 5. Drive plate
DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove bearing race from high and low reverse clutch drum.
3. Retaining plate 6. Bearing race
2. Remove snap ring from high and low reverse clutch drum using suitable tool.
3. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from high and low reverse clutch drum.
ECS00EPF
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
SCIA5239E
H
I J
K
SCIA5240E
L
M
INSPECTION G Check the following, and replace high and low reverse clutch assembly if necessary.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Snap Ring G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Drive Plates G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
SCIA2868E
Revision: October 2006
AT-317
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
High and Low Reverse Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. ASSEMBLY 1. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in high and
low reverse clutch drum. CAUTION: Take care with the order of plates.
2. Install snap ring in high and low reverse clutch drum using suitable tool.
3. Install bearing race to high and low reverse clutch drum. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
Revision: October 2006
AT-318
SCIA5241E SCIA2868E SCIA5240E
2006 Titan
Direct Clutch
COMPONENTS
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
1. Direct clutch drum 4. Snap ring
2. Driven plate 5. Drive plate
DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove snap rings from direct clutch drum using suitable tool.
2. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from direct clutch drum.
3. Retaining plate
INSPECTION G Check the following, and replace direct clutch assembly if necessary.
Direct Clutch Snap Rings G Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
Direct Clutch Drive Plates G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Direct Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates G Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
ECS00EPG
A
B
AT
D
E
F
SCIA5242E
G
H
I J
K
SCIA2868E
L
M
Revision: October 2006
AT-319
2006 Titan
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
ASSEMBLY 1. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in direct
clutch drum. CAUTION: Take care with the order of plates.
2. Install snap rings in direct clutch drum using suitable tool.
SCIA5243E SCIA2868E
Revision: October 2006
AT-320
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY Assembly (1)
1. Drive new manual shaft oil seals into the transmission case until it is flush using suitable tool. CAUTION: G Apply ATF to manual shaft oil seals. G Do not reuse manual shaft oil seals.
2. Install detent spring and spacer in transmission case. Tighten bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
3. Install manual shaft to transmission case.
4. Install parking rod to manual plate.
Revision: October 2006
AT-321
PFP:00000
A
ECS0 0 EQ V
B
AT
D
SCIA5256E
E
F
G
H
SCIA5248E
I
J
K
SCIA5716E
L
M
SCIA5220E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
5. Install manual plate (with parking rod) to manual shaft.
6. Install new retaining pin into the manual plate and manual shaft. a. Fit pinhole of the manual plate to pinhole of the manual shaft
using suitable tool. b. Tap the new retaining pin into the manual plate using suitable
tool. CAUTION: G Drive retaining pin to 2mm (0.8 in) over the manual plate. G Do not reuse retaining pin.
7. Install new retaining pin into the transmission case and manual shaft.
a. Fit pinhole of the transmission case to pinhole of the manual shaft using suitable tool.
b. Tap the new retaining pin into the transmission case, using suitable tool. CAUTION: G Drive retaining pin to 5 mm (0.20 in) over the transmission case. G Do not reuse retaining pin.
8. Install new O-rings to servo assembly. CAUTION: G Do not reuse O-rings. G Apply petroleum jelly to O-rings.
9. Install return spring to servo assembly.
Revision: October 2006
AT-322
SCIA5219E SCIA5297E SCIA2427E SCIA5719E SCIA5717E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
10. Install servo assembly in transmission case.
11. Install snap ring to transmission case using suitable tool.
12. Install new D-rings in reverse brake piston. CAUTION: G Do not reuse D-rings. G Apply ATF to D-rings.
13. Install reverse brake piston in transmission case.
14. Install needle bearing to drum support edge surface.
CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
Revision: October 2006
AT-323
A
B
AT
SCIA2334E
D
E
F
G
SCIA2333E
H
I J
SCIA5340E
K
L
M
SCIA2325E
SCIA2796E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
15. Install new seal rings to drum support. CAUTION: G Do not reuse seal rings. G Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
16. Install spring retainer and return spring in transmission case.
17. Install snap ring in transmission case while compressing return spring using Tool. Tool number : KV31102400 (J-34285 and J-34285-87) CAUTION: Securely assemble them so that snap ring tension is slightly weak.
SCIA3333E SCIA2324E
Revision: October 2006
AT-324
SCIA5582E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
18. Install reverse brake drive plates, driven plates and dish plate in transmission case. CAUTION: Take care with the order and direction of plates.
19. Assemble N-spring. 20. Install reverse brake retaining plate in transmission case.
21. Install snap ring in transmission case.
Revision: October 2006
AT-325
A B AT D E F G
SCIA5342E
H I J K L M
SCIA5249E
SCIA2439E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
22. Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not within specified clearance, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance "A" : Standard: 0.7 - 1.1mm (0.028 - 0.043 in)
Retaining plate
: Refer to AT-346, "Reverse brake" .
23. Install needle bearing to transmission case.
CAUTION: G Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to
AT-281, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .
G Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
24. Install revolution sensor to transmission case. Tighten revolution sensor bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
CAUTION: G Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.
G Be careful not to damage harness with the edge of case.
G Do not allow metal filings or foreign material to get on the sensor front edge magnetic area.
G Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.
25. Install new rear oil seal until it is flush into the rear extension (2WD models) using Tool or adapter case (4WD models) using suitable tool.
Tool number
: ST33400001 (J-26082)
CAUTION: G Apply ATF to rear oil seal.
G Do not reuse rear oil seal.
SCIA5341E SCIA5213E SCIA2320E
Revision: October 2006
AT-326
SCIA5581E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
26. Install return spring (1) to parking pawl (2).
27. Install parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft to rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).
28. Install parking actuator support to rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).
29. Install needle bearing to rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).
CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
30. Install new seal rings to output shaft. CAUTION: G Do not reuse seal rings.
G Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
Revision: October 2006
AT-327
A
B
AT
SCIA6180E
D
E
F
G
SCIA3424E
H
I J
SCIA3423E
K
L
M
SCIA5221E
SCIA5209E
2006 Titan
31. Install parking gear to output shaft.
ASSEMBLY
32. Install output shaft in transmission case. CAUTION: Be careful not to mistake front for rear because both sides looks similar. (Thinner end is front side.)
33. Install bearing race in output shaft.
SCIA5247E SCIA5030E
SCIA5245E
34. Install rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models) according to the following procedures.
a. 2WD models i. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket
or equivalent) to rear extension assembly as shown. Refer to GI45, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" . CAUTION: Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant from the transmission case and rear extension assembly mating surfaces.
SCIA5212E
Revision: October 2006
AT-328
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
ii. Install rear extension assembly to transmission case.
iii. Install brackets (1). iv. Tighten rear extension assembly bolts to specified torque.
CAUTION: Do not reuse self-sealing bolts (2).
Rear extension assembly bolts : 52 N·m (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
Self-sealing bolts
: 61 N·m (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb)
b. 4WD models
i. Install new gasket to transmission case.
CAUTION: G Do not reuse gasket.
G Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket from the transmission case and adapter case assembly mating surfaces.
ii. Install adapter case assembly to transmission case.
A B AT
SCIA5029E
D E F G
WCIA0562E
H I J
SCIA5231E
K L M
SCIA5205E
Revision: October 2006
AT-329
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
iii. Install brackets (1).
iv. Tighten adapter case assembly bolts to specified torque.
CAUTION: Do not reuse self-sealing bolts (2).
Adapter case assembly bolts : 52 N·m (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
Self-sealing bolt
: 61 N·m (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb)
35. Install needle bearing in drum support edge surface. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
36. Install direct clutch assembly in reverse brake.
37. Install high and low reverse clutch assembly in direct clutch assembly.
Revision: October 2006
AT-330
WCIA0563E SCIA5198E
SCIA5019E
SCIA2306E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
38. Align the drive plate using suitable tool.
39. Install high and low reverse clutch hub, mid sun gear assembly and rear sun gear assembly as a unit.
CAUTION: Check that portion A of high and low reverse clutch drum protrudes approximately 2 mm (0.08 in) beyond portion B of rear sun gear.
40. Install needle bearing in rear carrier assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
Revision: October 2006
AT-331
A B AT
SCIA3169E
D E F G
SCIA5018E
H I J K
SCIA3130E
L M
SCIA5179E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
41. Install bearing race in rear carrier assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
42. Install rear carrier assembly in direct clutch drum.
43. Install needle bearing (rear side) in mid carrier assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
44. Install needle bearing (front side) in mid carrier assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
45. Install mid carrier assembly in rear carrier assembly.
Revision: October 2006
AT-332
SCIA5178E SCIA2462E SCIA5177E SCIA5176E SCIA5344E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
46. Install front carrier assembly, input clutch assembly and rear internal gear as a unit.
47. Install new seal rings in input clutch assembly. CAUTION: G Do not reuse seal rings. G Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
48. Install new band servo anchor end pin and lock nut in transmission case. CAUTION: Do not reuse band servo anchor end pin.
49. Install brake band in transmission case.
CAUTION: Assemble it so that identification to avoid incorrect installation faces servo side.
50. Install front sun gear assembly to front carrier assembly.
CAUTION: Apply ATF to front sun gear radial bearing and 3rd one-way clutch end bearing.
Revision: October 2006
AT-333
A
B
AT
SCIA5173E
D
E
F
G
SCIA5269E
H
I J
SCIA5016E
K
L
M
SCIA5498E
SCIA5014E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
51. Install needle bearing in front sun gear assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
52. Adjust brake band tilting using clips so that brake band contacts front sun gear drum evenly.
53. Adjust brake band. a. Loosen lock nut. b. Tighten band servo anchor end pin to specified torque.
Band servo anchor end pin : 5.0 N·m (0.51 kg-m, 44 in-lb)
c. Back off band servo anchor end pin three turns. d. Holding band servo anchor end pin, tighten lock nut to specified
torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
Adjustment
TOTAL END PLAY G Measure clearance between front sun gear and bearing race for
oil pump cover. G Select proper thickness of bearing race so that end play is within
specifications.
Revision: October 2006
AT-334
SCIA2808E SCIA5033E SCIA5498E
ECS00EQW
SCIA2810E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
1. Measure dimensions "K" and "L" and then calculate dimension "J".
a. Measure dimension "K".
b. Measure dimension "L". c. Calculate dimension "J".
"J": Distance between oil pump fitting surface of transmission case and needle bearing mating surface of front sun gear.
J = K L
2. Measure dimensions "M1 " and "M2 " and then calculate dimension "M".
a. Place bearing race and needle bearing on oil pump assembly.
Revision: October 2006
AT-335
A
B
AT
SCIA5350E
D
E
F
G
SCIA5351E
H
I J
SCIA5352E
K
L
M
SCIA3125E
SCIA3124E
2006 Titan
b. Measure dimension "M1 ".
ASSEMBLY
c. Measure dimension "M2 ".
d. Calculate dimension "M". "M": Distance between transmission case fitting surface of oil pump and needle bearing on oil pump. M = M1 M2
3. Adjust total end play "T1 ". T1 = J M Total end play "T1 ": 0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
G Select proper thickness of bearing race so that total end play is within specifications. Bearing races: Refer to AT-346, "BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY" .
SCIA3126E SCIA3127E SCIA3125E SCIA2810E
Revision: October 2006
AT-336
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY Assembly (2)
1. Install new O-ring to oil pump assembly. CAUTION: G Do not reuse O-ring. G Apply ATF to O-ring.
2. Install bearing race to oil pump assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
3. Install oil pump assembly in transmission case. CAUTION: Apply ATF to oil pump radial bearing.
4. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent) to oil pump assembly as shown. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" . CAUTION: Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant from the oil pump bolts and oil pump bolt surfaces.
Revision: October 2006
AT-337
ECS0 0 EQ X
A B AT D
SCIA5172E
E F G
SCIA5252E
H I J K
SCIA2811E
L M
SCIA5321E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
5. Tighten oil pump bolts to specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" . CAUTION: Apply ATF to oil pump bushing.
6. Install new O-ring to input clutch assembly. CAUTION: G Do not reuse O-ring. G Apply ATF to O-ring.
7. Install converter housing to transmission case.
CAUTION: Do not reuse self-sealing bolt.
Converter housing bolt : 52 N·m (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb)
Self-sealing bolt
: 61 N·m (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb)
8. Make sure that brake band does not close turbine revolution sensor hole.
9. Install control valve with TCM. a. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.
Revision: October 2006
AT-338
SCIA2300E SCIA5011E SCIA5171E SCIA5034E SCIA5264E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
b. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control valve with TCM. Tighten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" . CAUTION: Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with TCM.
c. Install new O-ring to A/T assembly harness connector. CAUTION: G Do not reuse O-ring. G Apply ATF to O-ring.
d. Connect TCM connector and park/neutral position (PNP) switch connector.
e. Install A/T assembly harness connector to control valve with TCM.
f. Connect TCM connectors.
Revision: October 2006
AT-339
A
B
AT
SCIA5301E
D
E
F
G
SCIA5155E
H
I J
SCIA5449E
K
L
M
SCIA5450E
SCIA5447E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
g. Install control valve with TCM in transmission case. CAUTION: G Make sure that turbine revolution sensor securely installs into turbine revolution sensor hole. G Adjust A/T assembly harness connector of control valve with TCM to terminal hole of transmission case. G Hang down revolution sensor harness toward outside so as not to disturb installation of control valve with TCM.
G Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with manual plate projection.
h. Install bolts A, B and C to control valve with TCM.
Bolt symbol A B C
Length: mm (in) 42 (1.65) 55 (2.17) 40 (1.57)
Number of bolts 5 6 1
i. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. Then tighten them in order (1 2 3), and then tighten other bolts.
j. Tighten control valve with TCM bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-271, "Components" .
10. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
Revision: October 2006
AT-340
SCIA5034E SCIA5035E SCIA5025E SCIA5037E SCIA5023E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
11. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness with terminal clips.
12. Connect revolution sensor connector.
13. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with terminal clips.
14. Pull down A/T assembly harness connector. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector.
15. Install snap ring to A/T assembly harness connector.
Revision: October 2006
AT-341
A
B
AT
SCIA5446E
D
E
F
G
SCIA5024E
H
I J
SCIA7023E
K
L
M
SCIA5299E
SCIA5300E
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
16. Install the oil pan magnets as shown.
17. Install the oil pan and new oil pan gasket. CAUTION: G Do not reuse the oil pan gasket. G Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket from the oil pan gasket mating surfaces and holes. G Always replace the oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing. G Be sure the oil pan drain plug hole is located to the rear of the transmission assembly. G Partially install the oil pan bolts in a criss-cross pattern to prevent dislocation of the gasket. G Be careful not to pinch harnesses.
18. Tighten new oil pan bolts in numerical order as shown. Oil pan bolts : 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb)
19. Install drain plug in oil pan with new gasket. CAUTION: Do not reuse the drain plug gasket. Drain plug : 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)
20. Install torque converter. a. Pour ATF into torque converter.
G Approximately 2 liter (2-1/8 US qt, 1-3/4 Imp qt) of fluid is required for a new torque converter.
G When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount of fluid as was drained.
Revision: October 2006
AT-342
SCIA5200E SCIA2308E SCIA4113E
SAT428DA
2006 Titan
ASSEMBLY
b. Install torque converter while aligning notches of torque converter with notches of oil pump. CAUTION: Install torque converter while rotating it.
c. Measure distance "A" to check that torque converter is in proper position. Distance "A" : 24.0 mm (0.94 in) or more
A B AT
SCIA5010E
D E F G
SAT017B
H I J K L M
Revision: October 2006
AT-343
2006 Titan
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) General Specifications
PFP:00030
ECS00EQY
Applied model
2WD
4WD
Automatic transmission model
RE5R05A
Transmission model code number
95X1C
95X1D
Stall torque ratio
2.0: 1
1st
3.827
2nd
2.368
3rd Transmission gear ratio
4th
1.520 1.000
5th
0.834
Reverse
2.613
Recommended fluid
NISSAN Matic Fluid J*1
Fluid capacity
10.6 liter (11-1/4 US qt, 9-3/8 Imp qt)
CAUTION: G Use only Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J. Do not mix with other fluid.
G Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J will deteriorate in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the warranty.
*1: Refer to MA-11, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears
NORMAL MODE
ECS0 0 EQ Z
Final gear ratio
Throttle position
D1 D2
D2 D3
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
D3 D4
D4 D5
D5 D4
D4 D3
2.937
Full throttle Half throttle
70 - 74 (44 - 46)
46 - 50 (28 - 31)
112 - 120 (70 - 75)
74 - 82 (46 - 51)
176 - 186 249 - 259 (110 - 116) (155 - 161)
103 - 113 135 - 145 (64 - 70) (84 - 90)
245 - 255 (152 - 159)
109 - 119 (68 - 74)
166 - 176 (103 - 110)
69 - 79 (43 - 49)
3.357
Full throttle Half throttle
61 - 65 (38 - 41)
41 - 45 (26 - 28)
97 - 105 (61 - 66)
66 - 74 (41 - 46)
153 - 163 (95 - 102)
89 - 99 (56 - 62)
236 - 246 (147 - 153)
117 - 127 (73 - 79)
232 - 242 (144 - 151)
95 - 105 (59 - 65)
143 - 153 (89 - 95)
59 - 69 (37 - 43)
G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
TOW MODE
D3 D2
100 - 108 (62 - 67)
44 - 52 (27 - 32)
87 - 95 (54 - 59)
38 - 46 (24 - 29)
D2 D1
43 - 47 (27 - 30)
11 - 15 (7 - 10)
43 - 47 (27 - 29)
11 - 15 (7 - 10)
Final gear ratio
Throttle position
D1 D2
D2 D3
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
D3 D4
D4 D5
D5 D4
D4 D3
2.937
Full throttle Half throttle
70 - 74 (44 - 46)
50 - 54 (31 - 34)
112 - 120 (70 - 75)
81 - 89 (50 - 55)
176 - 186 249 - 259 (110 - 116) (155 - 161)
113 - 123 135 - 145 (70 - 76) (84 - 90)
245 - 255 (152 - 159)
109 - 119 (68 - 74)
166 - 176 (103 - 110)
68 - 78 (42 - 48)
3.357
Full throttle Half throttle
61 - 65 (38 - 41)
43 - 47 (27 - 29)
97 - 105 (61 - 66)
72 - 80 (45 - 50)
153 - 163 (95 - 102)
98 - 108 (61 - 67)
236 - 246 (147 - 153)
117 - 127 (73 - 79)
232 - 242 (144 - 151)
95 - 105 (59 - 65)
143 - 153 (89 - 95)
59 - 69 (37 - 43)
G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
D3 D2
100 - 108 (62 - 67)
44 - 52 (27 - 32)
87 - 95 (54 - 59)
37 - 45 (23 - 28)
D2 D1
43 - 47 (27 - 30)
11 - 15 (7 - 10)
43 - 47 (27 - 29)
11 - 15 (7 - 10)
Revision: October 2006
AT-344
2006 Titan
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up
Final gear ratio
Throttle position
Lock-up "ON"
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) Lock-up "OFF"
Closed throttle 2.937
Half throttle
74 - 82 (46 - 51) 188 - 196 (117 - 122)
71 - 79 (45 - 49) 136 - 144 (85 - 90)
Closed throttle 3.357
Half throttle
65 - 73 (41 - 46) 168 - 176 (105 - 110)
62 - 70 (39 - 44) 118 - 126 (74 - 79)
G At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. G At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Slip Lock-up
Final gear ratio
Throttle position
Gear position
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Slip lock-up "ON"
Slip lock-up "OFF"
4th 2.937 Closed throttle
5th
52 - 60 (33 - 38) 52 - 60 (33 - 38)
49 - 57 (31 - 36) 49 - 57 (31 - 36)
4th 3.357 Closed throttle
5th
46 - 54 (29 - 34) 46 - 54 (29 - 34)
43 - 51 (27 - 32) 43 - 51 (27 - 32)
G At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition.
Stall Speed
ECS00ER0
A
B
AT
D
ECS00ER1
E
F
G
H
ECS00ER2
Stall speed
2,500 - 2,800 rpm
Line Pressure
I
ECS00ER3
Engine speed
Line pressure [kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)]
R position
D position
J
At idle speed
425 - 465 (4.3 - 4.7, 62 - 67)
379 - 428 (3.9 - 4.4, 55 - 62)
At stall speed
1,605 - 1,950 (16.4 - 19.9, 233 - 283)
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor
1,310 - 1,500 (13.4 - 15.3, 190 - 218)
K
ECS00ER4
Name ATF TEMP SE 1 ATF TEMP SE 2
Condition 0°C (32°F) 20°C (68°F) 80°C (176°F) 0°C (32°F) 20°C (68°F) 80°C (176°F)
CONSULT-II "DATA MONITOR" (Approx.) (V) Resistance (Approx.) (k)
L
3.3
15
2.7
6.5
0.9
0.9
M
3.3
10
2.5
4
0.7
0.5
Turbine Revolution Sensor
ECS00ER5
Name
Turbine revolution sensor 1
Turbine revolution sensor 2
Condition
When running at 50 km/h (31 MPH) in 4th speed with the closed throttle position switch "OFF".
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st speed with the closed throttle position switch "OFF".
Data (Approx.) 1.3 (kHz)
Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor)
ECS00ER6
Name Revolution sensor
Condition When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH).
Data (Approx.) 185 (Hz)
Revision: October 2006
AT-345
2006 Titan
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Reverse brake
ECS00ER7
Thickness mm (in)
Thickness of retaining plates
4.2 (0.165) 4.4 (0.173) 4.6 (0.181) 4.8 (0.189) 5.0 (0.197) 5.2 (0.205)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Total End Play
Part number* 31667 90X14 31667 90X15 31667 90X16 31667 90X17 31667 90X18 31667 90X19
ECS00ER8
Total end play mm (in)
0.25 - 0.55 (0.0098 - 0.0217)
BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY
Thickness mm (in)
0.8 (0.031) 1.0 (0.039) 1.2 (0.047) 1.4 (0.055) 1.6 (0.063) 1.8 (0.071)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Part number*
31435 95X00 31435 95X01 31435 95X02 31435 95X03 31435 95X04 31435 95X05
Revision: October 2006
AT-346
2006 Titan
FrameMaker SGML 5.5.6p145 Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Windows